Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s...

219

Transcript of Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s...

Page 1: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur
Page 2: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

GRAMMAR

OF THE

JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE.

W. G . A S T O N , D . L I L ,

JAPANESE SECRETARY , H . B. M .

’S L EGATION , TOKIO , JAPAN .

FO URTH ED I TION .

oobamaFOR SAL E BY LANE , CRAWFORD Co.

, PUBL ISHERS.

KEL L Y WAL SH , L IM ITED .

250311)

THE HAKUBUNSHA.

ionmmTRiiBNER Co. , LUDGATE H IL L .

i888 .

Page 3: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur
Page 4: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PREFACE

TO THE

F O U R T H E D I T I O N .

TH IS Edition ha s b e e n thoroughly rewritten . It is

a lsom uch e n la rge d , a nd is a lmost com pletely a n ew

work .

More ex c l u sive a ttention ha s b e en paid in it totheTokio dia l e ct , which now bid s fair to b e com e thela ngu age of the u p p e r c la s s e s ofJ a pa n ge n e ra l ly .

At the sugge stion of a frie n d , a lite ra l in te r lin ea r

t ra n s l a tion of the exam p l es ha s b ee n a d d e d . No

t ra n s l a tion , howeve r , ha s or din a rily b e en give n of the

pa rtic l es whic h oc c u r in th em . Th eir m ea ning can b e

fou nd in the c h a p te r on pa rtic l e s .

Th e a uthor takes this op port u nity of a cknowl e dgingthe a s sista n ce whic h h e ha s d e rived from the writings

of MR . E . M . SATOW a nd MR . B . H . CHAMBERL A IN .

H e is a l soin deb ted for som e hin t s toDR . IMBRIE’

S

Japan e se Etymology .

TOK IO , NOVEMBER , 1 888 .

Page 5: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur
Page 6: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

TAB L E OF CONTENTS.

I . Sy l lab ary—Pronuncia tion .

I I . Parts ofspeech .

I I I .IV. Pronoun .

V. Num era l.VI . Verb .

VI I . Adjec tive .

V I I I . Auxiliary words.

IX. Partic les.

X. Adverb s, Conjunc tions , Preposition s a nd In terjec tion s.

X I . English in toJapanese .

X I I . Honorific a nd Hum b le form s.

X I I I . Syn tax .

X IV. Tim e , money , weigh ts and m easures. .

XV. Errors in spea king Japanese .

XVI . Extrac ts.

Page 7: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur
Page 8: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

A GRAMMAR

T H E

JAPANESESPOKENLANGUAGE.

M \

CHAPTER I .

THE SYLLABARY—PRONUNC IAT ION .

§ L IN J apa nese , every sy l lab le is supposed toend in a

vowe l , a n d genera l ly does so, e .g. sa -

yo'

de go-za -ri-m a -sfi .

The exception s occu r most ly in foreign word s , or a re owing

to con tra ction s . There being no fi n a l con son a n ts , the

num ber of sy l la b les is neces sa rily sm a l l , a nd is reckoned bythe J a pa nese a t forty - seven a ccording toone a rra ngem en t ,a nd b y a nother , a t fifty . There a re , however, modifica tion s

of som e of them , b y which the num be r is in crea sed to

seven ty -five .

There a re in J a pa nese nom ea n s of writing sepa ra te

letters a s in Eu ropea n l a ngu ages , a nd ea ch sy l la b le is

therefore represented by a sing le cha ra cter, n fi na l , which

ha s a ch a ra cte r toitse l f, being a n exception . But n is

supposed torepresen t a n older m u .

The fol lowing ta b le shows the sy l la b le s of the J a pa nesel a ngu age a rra nged a ccording towha t is ca l led the Go-jz

u -ou,or fifty sound s .

Page 9: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

JAPANESE SYL L ABARY.

Page 10: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PRONUNC IAT ION . 3

It wil l be seen tha t there a re a num ber ofirregu la rities

a nd repetition s in the a bove‘Ta b le . These a re owing tothecircum sta n ce tha t there a re ce rtain sounds which a J a pa nese

ca nnot , or a t a ny ra te , doe s not pronoun ce . For sz’

, he say s

ski, for lzu,fu, fory z'

, tan a nd we, i, z'

,u a nd y e, a nd so

on . These irregu la rities p lay a n im porta n t pa rt in the con

j uga tion of verbs , a nd ough t therefore tob e ca refu l ly noted .

2 . a is pronoun ced like a in fa t , fa ther.e ay in say .

i ea in m eet .

0 o in more .

it 0 0 in fool .

a lmost ina udib le . I n su ch ca ses theyhave been written i, i

‘i. Thu s , shim,

‘be low,

is pronounced

very nea r ly shta ; ta tsEZ,‘a d ragon ,

a lmost ta ts . Long or

doub le vowe l s a re distinguished b y a line d rawn a bove them

thu s, 5 , 6, 22. The distinction between ia n d i, 6 a nd 0 , 27.

a nd u, m u st b e ca refu l ly a ttended to, a s the m ea ning often

depends upon it . K OShifor in sta nce m ea ns a n am ba ssa dor,’

while [cos/tim ea n s ‘the loin s . ’ Séto‘

m ea n s ‘suita b le ,’

b ut

soto, ‘ou tside kaki,‘the a tmosphere,

kuki,‘the stem of a

p la n t . ’

§ 3. The consona n ts a re pronounced a s in Eng lish ,except r , h , f, n , d , t , a nd g , which differ som ewha t from

the corresponding Eng lish sounds . The true pronun

cia tion of these letters m u st b e lea rnt from a J a pa n ese ,b ut the fol lowing hin ts m ay b e found u sefu l .

R before iis the mos t diffi cu l t ofJapa nese sound s for a

Eu ropea n toreproduce correct ly . It is then pronoun cednea rly like d , except tha t the tip of the tongue touches the

roof of the mou th fa rthe r ba ck . Som e J a pa nese m ake it

nea rly j in this position . Before other vowe l s the J a pa nese

7 more resem b les the Eng lish sound . The re is neve r a nything in J a pa nese like the rough pronuncia tion given this

Page 11: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

4 PRONUN C IAT ION .

letter in F rench a nd I ta lia n . R isoftenomitted before iin the

word s goza im a siz,n a sa z

m a sfi, for gosa rz'

m a sfi, n a sa rzm a sw.

H a nd f a re considered the sam e letter in J a pa nese a nd

their p ronuncia tion is not very differen t . The under lipdoes not touch the teeth in pronoun cing f ; it on ly a pproa

ches them a s in pronouncing wh in which . I n the vu lga r

Tokiodia lect the sy l la b le hiis u ndistinguisha b le from shi.

In pronoun cing the J a pa nese (I a nd t the tip of the tongue

is pressed forwa rd again st the teeth instea d ofon ly touching

the gum a s in Eng lish . Litt le or nodistin ction is m a de

b y most J a pa nese b etween dzu a nd zu .

G a t the beginning of a word is pronounced like the

Eng lish g ha rd ; in a ny othe r position like the Germ a n (notthe Eng lish) ng in

‘finger . ’

In the sy l la b le W: the y is in most word s silen t , or nea rlyso, a nd is often om itted in rom a nized J a pa nese .

In the ca se of doub le con son a n ts , both m u st.

b e sounded .

Thus amm a ,

‘a sham pooer ,

m u st b e pronounced different lyfrom ( mm

, a fisherwom a n ka tta , bough t ,’ from ham,

‘side .

§ 4 . The nigori.

The sy l la b les ga , gi, gu , ge, go, zu, jz

'

,zu

, ze , 3 0 etc . ,

p rinted in sm a l l ita lic type in the a bove ta b le , a ll begin with

soft con sona n ts a nd a re con sidered b y the J a pa nese not a s

different sy l la b les b ut sim p ly a s modifi ca tion s of the sy l la b les

beginning with ha rd con son a n ts in the lines im m edia te lya bove them . This distinction is indica ted in writing by a

sm a l l m a rk , which is often omitted . K a for in sta n ce with

a dia critic m a rk is rea d ga , shi, jia nd soon .

The form a tion of com pound s a nd deriva tives is often a ccom pa nied by the modifi ca tion ofa ha rd in tothe corresponding soft con son a n t , sotha t it is im porta n t totake note ofthis cha nge , which , with the m a rk by which it is indica ted ,is ca l led in J a pa nese nigorz

'

, or ‘im pu rity .

Page 12: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER I I .

PARTS OF SPEECH .

5 . The word s Noun ,’ ‘Adjective ’

a nd ‘Verb ’ have twom ea nings in ordin a ry gram m a rs of Eu ropea n la ngua ges .

The te rm ‘noun ’ is som etim e s a pp lied toa c la s s of word s

inflected in a pa rticu la r way , with ca ses a nd num ber,a nd it a l som ea n s a nything ca pa b le of being m a de the

subject of a proposition . In oth’

er word s it m ea n s one

thing for etymologica l pu rposes a nd a nothe r in syn ta x , one

thing in respect tocha nges within itse l f, a nother in its re

la tion s toother word s . ‘Verb ’ a nd ‘Adjective ’ h ave doub le

significa tion s of a sim ila r kind . This mode of c la ssifying

word s a ccording totwodistin ct prin cip les viz . ( I ) the form

of inflection a nd (2 ) theirsyn ta ctica l re la tion s , is not with

out inconvenience even in Europea n gramm a rs, where it ha s

led tothe introduction of the awkwa rd term ‘pa rticip le ,’

m ea ning a word which is pa rtly a verb a nd pa rt ly a n

a dj ective or noun . But su ch form s a re a fte r a ll the ex

ception in Eu ropea n la ngua ges , where it is the genera l ru letha t word s which a s rega rd s their dec len sion or conj uga tion

a re noun s , a dj ective s or verbs a re a l sonoun s , a djective s or

verbs for purposes of syn ta x . In J a pa nese , however, this

is by nom ea n s the ca se . Here it is ra the r the ru le tha n

the exception th a t a word with or even withou t a cha nge of

inflection ca n b e converted a t p lea sure in toa verb,a n a d

jective or a noun . 1 1 m,‘togo,

for in sta nce , looking toits

conj uga tion is a verb , b ut ifwe con sider its position in such

sen ten ces a s sugu uiiku, he goes a t on ce ,

{kn ga yoroshi,

Page 13: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

6 PART S OF SpEEcH .

‘the going is good ,’

i.e . he had better go,’

iku hitoga am ,

‘a going pe rson is ,

i.e .

‘there is som ebody going ,’

it is

on ly in the fi rst ca se tha t it p lay s the pa rt of a ve rb in the

s en ten ce , in the second it is a noun , a nd in the third a n

a djective .

The J a pa nese gfam m a ria n s have a voided this am biguityb y c la s sifying word s a s noor ‘nam e s ,

i.e .

‘uninflected

word s ,’

hotob a or ha ta m ki-kotob a ,

‘word s ’ or ‘inflectedword s ,

inc luding the verb a nd a djective , a nd teniwoha

or‘pa rtic les . ’ But this is not the p la ce toa ttem pt toin tro

duce a more scien tific E ng lish terminology . It wil l b e

suflicien t toretain the fam ilia r word s , noun , verb a nd a djec

tive , taking ca re touse them in such a way a s topreven t

con fusion between these twosignifica tion s .

6. The noun is uninfl ected . All Chine se word s in the

J a pa nese la nguage a re uninflected , a nd a re therefore strict lys pea king noun s , b ut most of them , b y the he lp ofJa panese

termina tion s a re m a de tododu ty a s verbs , a djectives , or

a dve rbs .

A long with the noun or uninflected word a re c la ssed the

pronou n a nd n um era l a djective, which in J a pa nese have no

infle ction . They have som e pecu lia ritie s however which

m a ke it convenien t tocon sider them sepa ra te ly .

There is noa rtic le . Preposition s a nd conj un ction s a re

in c luded m ain ly u nde r the hea d of pa rtic les . Adverbs do

not form a sepa ra te c la s s of word s . A pa rticu la r form of

the a djective does duty a s a n a dverb , a ndother word s which

m u st b e rendered a s a dve rbs in Eng lish a re in J a pa nese

noun s , or pa rt s ofverbs .

The ve rb a nd a djec tive have a substa n tia l ly simila r mode

of inflection in J a pa ne se a nd shou ld b e con side red a s rea l lyforming on ly one pa rt of speech .

Page 14: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER I I I .

THE NOUN.

7 . In J a pa nese noun s have noinflection s todistinguishm a scu line from fem inine or neu ter , singu la r from p lu ra l , or

on e ca se from a nothe r,b ut they a re preceded or fol lowed b y

pa rtic les which serve these a nd other pu rposes .

8 . Gender .—VVith the exception of a few com mon

word s such a s m ush/co, son m usz’

Zm e, da ughter chiehi,

fa ther; ha ha ,

‘mothe r ,’‘

nodistin ction is ordina rily m a de

between the m a scu line a nd fem inine . Thu s a sht’

is eithe r

bu l l ’ or‘cow m am a is either horse or m a re .

When n ecessa ry , gender is distinguished by prefixing Q or

fi t for the m a scu line , we or men for the fem inine . Thu s

0 ushiis ‘a bu l l m e ushi,‘a cow ;

’ on dori,’

a cock ;’

m en

dorz’

,

‘a hen .

’ These a re rea l ly com poun d noun s . S uch

ph ra ses a s otokonoho, ‘a m a le child ;’

0mm 120 ho, ‘a fem a le

child ’

a re a l soin use , otoko m ea ning ‘m a n’

a nd 0mm

‘wom a n .

§ 9 . Num b er . As a genera l ru le the p lu ra l is not dis

tinguished from the singu la r , b ut a p lura l idea ca n b e expre s

sed whenever neces sa ry by the a ddition of one of the

pa rtic les m a ahz'

, or shin , which wil l be foun d

mor IX.

Page 15: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

8 NOUN .

Exam p l e s .

Ya kzm in ga ta .

Ninsoku domo.

Kodomom or

Kodomoshin . Child ren .

N ekodomo. Ca ts .

Som e nouns have a kind of p lura l form ed b y redup lica tion . But theseform s correspond ra ther tothe noun preceded b y ‘every

’ than totheordin a ry p lura l . Thus shim : is ‘a n a rtic le , ’ shin a jinn,

‘a ll sorts of

a rtic les ; kzmi, a coun try ,

’ kunigzmi, every coun try ; tokoro a p la ce ,

tokorodokoro, ‘difleren t p la ces.

’The first le tter of the second ha l fof

these form s a lmost inva ria b ly ta kes the m'

gori. (See

I O . Ca se. Properly speaking , J a pa nese noun s have

noca se s , b ut a dec len sion ca n be m a de out for them by the

he lp of certain pa rtic les , a s fol lows

TORI , ‘A B IRD .

Nomin a tive . Torior toriga , a bird .

Genitive . Torinoor torigg , of a bird or a bird’s .

Da tive . Torih ior tony/e, toa bird .

Accu sa tive . Torior tori1 00 , a bird .

Voca tive . Torior tor/£1 04 O birdAb la tive . Toriham or torivori, from a bird .

Loca tive . Toriui, a t , toor in a bird .

I n strum enta l . Toride, with or by m ea n s of a bird .

The p lu ra l te rmin a tion s com e between these pa rtic le s a nd

the noun , a s

Ya kum'

n ga la m’

mea wo I showed my passport totheOffi cia l to pa ssport officia ls.

misem a shita .

showedThe studen t is referred toChapter IX for an accoun t of these

partic les.

I I . Compound nouns. Com pound noun s a re form ed

rst—From twonoun s . Ex . K a zagurum a a wind -mil l ,’

Page 16: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE NOUN . 9

from ka ze,‘wind , ’ and knrum a ,

‘a whee l ha na zono, a

flower-ga rden ,’ from ha na , a flower ,

a nd sono, a ga rden

hob une , a boa t ,’ from ko, a child ,

’ ‘som ething sm a l l ,’

a nd

fn ne,‘a boa t honj

'a,a book - se l ler,

’ from hon ,

‘a book,

a nd

y a ,

‘a hou se .

zud—From the stem of a n a djective a nd a noun . Ex .

Akaga ne, copper ,’ from a ka , stem of a /mi, ‘red,

a nd ka ne ,

m eta l Naga sa ki,‘long ca pe ,

the n am e of a p la ce , from

n aga ,stem ofn aga i,

‘long,’

a nd sa ki a

3rd—From a noun a nd the stem of a verb . Ex . Mono

shz'

rz'

,a lea rned m a n ,

from mono, ‘a thing,

a nd shz'

rz'

,

stern of shirn,

‘toknow ’

; z'

z'

lziki,‘a dictionary ,

’ from ji,‘a

cha ra cte r,’

a nd hiki, stern ofhiku , tod raw.

4th—From the stem of a verb a nd a noun . Ex .

Urim nno,

a thing for sa le ,’ from uri, s tem ofurn ,

‘tose l l ,’

a nd mono,

a thing .

5 th—From the stem of a n a djective a n d the s tem of a

ve rb,a s Serpensnm nom a m -nomi, a m a n whoswa l lows

Herb e rt Spencer whole ,’

where m am is the stem ofm a rm'

,

round ,’

a nd nom z'

, the stem of uom a,

‘toswa l low .

6th —From twoverba l stem s , a s hilaida shz'

,

‘a drawer ,

(lit .,

‘a pu l l -out ’

) from lzz'

lci, stem of hilcn ,

‘topu l l ,

a n d

da shi,’ stem of dam ,

‘tobring out ;’

higaj'e , a cha nge of

c lothing ,’ from hi

, stem of him ,

‘towea r ,’

a nd kaj’e , stem of

kay ern ,

‘toch a nge . ’

The fi rst letter of the second pa rt of a com pound noun

genera l ly takes the nigorz'

. (See Thu s the kof ha neis cha nged in tog in the com poun d a haga ne, the f offunein to6 in kob une .

The fina l vowe l of the fi rst pa rt of a com pou nd is often

modified , the most common cha nge being from e to ( 1 .

Thu s from sa ke ,‘J a pa nese rice -beer ’ a nd te,

‘ha nd,

is

Page 17: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 0 THE NOUN .

form ed sa ka te, ‘drink money from shiro, the stem ofshiroi,‘white ,

a nd he, hair,’

is form ed shiraga ,grey hairs .

The prefixes denoting gender an d the honorific prefixes 0 , mia nd go

(for which see Cha p . XII) m ust b e considered as form ing com poundswith the nouns towhich they b elong.

1 2 . Deriva tive nouns . Abstra ct noun s a re form ed from

a djectives by a dding sa tothe stem , a s ta ka sa height from

ta kai,‘high .

It is occa siona l ly a dded toword s of Chinese

deriva tion a sfn binsa ,pitia b leness . ’ The a djective fol low

ed by koto,‘thing ,

is a l sou sed in a nea rly Simila r significa

tion , a s in the fol lowing exam p les . I t denotes however

ra the r the degree of a qua lity tha n the a bstra ct qua lityitse l f.

Ta ka sa wa ilzu-ken How m any ken is it

heigh t how m a ny ken in heigh t ?Ta kaikoto domo! .

ohigh thing som e how

Wha t a heigh t

I m a no wa ka sa ni. At your young tim epresen t youthfulness a t of life .

Ma ny noun s a re sim p ly the stem s ofverbs withou t a nych a ngeof form ,

a s nokori, rem ainder,’ stern ofnokorn ,

‘to

b e leftover ;’

ka kushi,‘pocket ,

’ stem ofka knsu , ‘toconcea l

ma ta shi, fe rry ,’ stem of ma ta su ,

‘tom ake toc ros s over . ’

A few stem s of a dj ectives a re u sed in the sam e way , a s

shiro, white ,’

a dog’ s n am e , stem ofshiroi, ‘white .

’ There

is here howeve r a s ligh t cha nge ofm ea ning , nokori, ka hnshi,ma ta shi, a nd shiro ha ving a more concrete significa tion

tha n the verbs or a djective from which they a re taken .

I t wil l b e seen later tha t for purpose s of syn ta x , cer

tain pa rt s of the verb a nd a dj ective m u st be con sidered

a s noun s .

Page 19: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 2 THE PRONOUN .

Na nda ore g a yotteru Wha t l l drunk ? Not a

wha t is I b eing drunk ofit.(for yotte irn) monoka .

thing

Wa ta knshi wa go doye I t is just the sam e with m e .

I (hon .) sam edesh .

is

Wa ta kiishiwa sore wosnkn I like them , b ut I am a fraidI them hke they won t fi t m e .

keredomo, domo wa ta kashi

a l though som ehow m e

nima aim a sn m ai.

to fi t (polite) wil l not

Wa ta knshi wa Tekurada I am Tekura da Putoshi. I ha veI

the honourofm ee tino on for theFn toshz de goza rtm a su

y

first tim e .

0 m e m

for the first tim e (hon .) eyes on

ka ka rim ashita .

have hung

Sennen z'

ro-iro go In form er tim es I was m uchform er year a ll kinds (hon .) indeb ted for your kindness.

lea-ou nia dzuka rim a shita .

grea t fa vours have experien ced

Iy e . wa ta kushi koso. On the con trary , it was INo, I (em ph. pa rt.)Okiku na tta ra I too, when I grow big, in tendbig when I have b ecom e

tob e a n ava l officer.

boku mokaigun no shika n ui

I too n a vy oflicer

n a ru tsumoridesa .

b ecom e in ten tion is

L4 . The persona l pronoun of the second person difl'

ers

a ccording tothe ra nk of the person a ddressed .

Ana ta , for a noka ta ‘tha t side ,’

(p lu r. a na ta ga la ) is properly a pronoun of the third person b ut like the Ge rm a n Sie

ha s com e tob e u sed for the second . It is som etim e s a noun

a s in the ph ra se konoa na ta ‘this gent lem a n .

A na ta is

u sed when speaking tosuperiors or equa l s , orin fa ct , toa nyone whoha s a c laim tobe addre ssed with civility . Om aj

'e

Page 20: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 1 3

(plura l om ay e ga ta )is familia r a nd condescending, a nd is theword u sed in a ddres sing serva nts , workm en , the m em bers

ofone ’s own family , etc. Om ay e sa n is a lmost the sam e a s

a na ta,b ut more familia r , a nd is u sed chiefly by wom en .

Kisam a a nd tem ay e a re u sed in a ddressing coolies a ndother

person s of the lowest c la s s in a fam ilia r way . Kimiism uch u sed among soldiers a nd students ; senseiin a ddress

ing m en of lea rning ; a serva nt says da nna (m a ster), da n na

sa n or da nna -sam a (ra re ly a na ta ) in a ddres sing his m a ster.

O ther word s for you’

a re hona ta (for konoka ta , this

sona ta , (for sonoha ta ,

‘tha t side ,’ fam ilia r) sono—hé.

(by m agistra tes toprisonersorwitnesses), sochi(toinferiors),nnshi m a ster’

,very con tem ptuou s),onnshi(very fam ilia r),

wa re (ru s tic), nnn (a bu sive), sokha (form a l). En tw and

away : wil l b e found enough for most Europea n s tot roub le

them se lve s with .

Exam p l e s .

An a ta nio ha na shi moshi There is som e thing I wan t toyou ta lk wish to te l l you .

tai koto ga goza rim a sfi.

thin g there is

Om ay e kokonim a tte a re Doyou wait here .

you here waiting rem ain

Kisam a wa are nonehi ai Wha t do you m ean ,

you m y house in to coming in tomy house ?haitte, dosurn ?

en tering how do

Da nna no0 mam a noshita Your horse is ready , Sir.m a ster ’

s horse prepaku ma yoroshin goza rim a sn.

ra tion good is

Kimiwa doko y e ikn ka . Where are you going ?you where to go

Page 21: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

I 4. THE PRONOUN .

B aku wa g a kka y e kaeru I am on the way b a ck toI col lege tore turn col lege .

tokorod a .

p la ce am

A sensei wa Mw a Ah ! are you Mr. Minamoto? Iyou (l‘t e lder b rother) have a lready heard of your high

motoK a n de gozaim a sfi tM r. (predica te) a re

repu a tion .

ha .

’ Go kG-m ei wa ka ne(hon .) high n am e previ

te uketa m awa tte orim as fi .

ously having heard I rem ain

O nushidachi. You fe l lows !

Un a dorob é me. You thief !

Una uso zoo tsuku You are lying !fa l sehood stick

ze.

(emph . partic le)

A ! u kokoromochi d ’a tta Ah ! how p lea san t tha t wa s !

ah good sensa tion wa s Kisab uro, wil l you have a turn

Kisa b urokismna wa do da .

’ (M a ster, leaving b a th , toser

you how is ? va n t .)

1 5 . The p ronoun of the third person is a re (p lura l

a rera ). Are ha s nogender. I t is often rep la ced for person s

b y the more polite form a no hito,‘tha t m an

’ or ‘tha t

wom a n ;’

a nooka ta,

‘tha t gen t lem a n ’ or ‘la dy’ or a no

onna ,

‘tha t wom a n .

’ These word s a dd ga ta toform the

p lura l .

Aitsu ,a itsnra a re con tem ptuou s equiva len ts for a re, a rera .

Ka re (p lu ra l ka rera ) is som etim e s u sed in stea d of a re by

educa ted peop le , b ut it be longs ra ther tothe book la nguage

tha n tothe col loquia l . To-nin ‘the person in question ’ issom etim es u sed for‘he . ’ Ikhen is u sed when there is a sly

em pha sis on the pronoun , a s‘I khen ga hita ,

‘He ha s

com e .’

Page 22: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 1 5

Exam p l e s .

Are wa moKobe nitsuki He (she or it) ha s prob a b lya lieady ha s

arrived in Kob e by this tim e .

m a shzta ro.

prob a b ly arrived

Anohitoma jnnsa de goza He is a policem an .

policem an

rzm a sfi.

is

Anook a ta Hiogonoa kindo I sn ’ t he a Hiogom erchan t ?m erchan t

7'

a naika

is not

1 6. The a bove a re by nom ea n s the on ly person a l

pronoun s in use , b ut they wil l b e fou nd sufficient for mostEu ropea n s toknow, a nd few person s wil l have occa sion to

use more tha n wa ta kicshi, wa ta kashidomo, for the fi rst

person , a na ta ,a na taga ta orom ay e, om ay ega ta for the second

a nd a re, an alifi oor M ata for the third . The gram m a r of

the pronoun s is the sam e a s tha t of noun s an d they affix thepa rtic les in Cha p . IX . in the sam e way a s noun s . With

the pronoun s of the fi rst a nd second person however the use

of the p lura l pa rtic les when twoor more person s a re in

tended is the ru le , instea d of being the exception a s it is in

the ca se of noun s . A J apa nese often say s‘we ’

(wa ta hnshidomo, waga hai) for I .

The use of persona l pronoun s is m uch more lim ited in

J a pa nese tha n in Eng lish . They a re not em p loyed except

in ca ses where their om ission wou ld ca u se am biguity , or

where there is a n em pha sis upon them . Thu s,

‘I am going

toTokioto-morrow,

wil l b e MidnichiTokioy e m airim a sa ,

except where it is doubtfu l whether the speaker refers tohim sel for toanother person , when wa ta kfishiis a dded . I f

there is a n em pha sis on the pronoun , a s in the ph ra se , ‘Idon ’t know wha t you m ay do, b ut I sh a l l gotoTokioto

Page 23: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 6 THE PRONOUN .

morrow ,

it m u st not b e omitted . J a pa nese genera l ly prefer

toindica te person b y som e of the honorific or hum b le

modes of expression de scribed in Cha p . XI I .

The indiscrim in a te use of pronoun s is a ve ry com mon

fa u lt com mitted b y Eu ropea n s in speaking J a pa nese , a nd

even disfigures som e m a nua l s of conversa tion which have

been pub lished . Not on e persona l p ronoun is u sed in

J a pa nese where there a re ten in English .

1 7 . Possessive Pronoun s a re in J a pa nese nothing more

t h a n persona l pronoun s , with the a ddition of the posses sive

pa rtic le noor ga .

Exam p l e s .

Ano hito no ij'e wa His house is a long way ofl .

tha t m an’

s house

yohodo toi.very m uch is far

W'a ta kiishiga y ubiwa ifa nde I have a pain in m y finger.

m y finger pain fu liru .

is

Om aj'e nohiukin wa iknra Wha t a re your wa ges

your wages how m uch

Mine,

’ ‘yours ,

’ ‘his,

’ hers ,’ ‘theirs ,

a re in

J a pa nese a l sotc'a z‘a lczishino, a na ia no

, a re noetc b u t theyca n ea sily b e distinguished from

‘my’ ‘you r

e tc . by the

pa rtic les which a ccom pa ny them or b y the con text .

Exam p l e s .

Kore a 'a a na ta no Isny e Is not this your stic k ?this your stickde ma goza z

ma

(sign Ofpred.) is

semi ka .’

not

Page 24: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 1 7

Hei Wa ta kfishinodesi‘z. Yes, it is mine .

Yes m ine is

Wa ta knshinoda (for de a rn) I mistook it for mine .

m ine is

to amotte m a chigaim a shita .

tha t thinking .m istook

Wa ta knshinom a a ta ra shin Mine is new ; yours is old.

mine new

gozaim a szi; a na ta noma furi‘i

is your old

gozaim a sfi .

Anohitonode wa ikem a sen i‘z His won ’ t do I don ’ t like any

his with can gonot b ut my own .

Jib a n node n akn te wa kini

own withou t min d

irim a senii.

en ter not

Wa ta kz‘ishino200 o k a shi I wil l lend you m ine , sop lease

m ine (hon .) lend don ’ t hesita te (touse it .)mashim a sfi ka ra , go

(hum b le word) b ecam e (hon .)

y enrio na hn

ceremony without

An a ta ga ta noma hirotsu lea There were one or twoofyours.

your (p lura l) one or

futa tsn g a a rim a shita .

two there were

Are nowo ita daiz‘e mo May I accep t his ?his havin g a ccepted even

yoroshin goza rim a siika

good is it

Taiken tama ita Wha t a trem endous lot haveGrea t cha nge 0°11“t b een col lec ted ! How m a ny ofn ai l Kono nchi om ay e no these are ours ? Min e a re on l

(exc lam .) This amon g yoursy y

a few.

wa zhn tsn b a k a ri a rn

how m any amoun t a re

Tcm ay e nowa sakoshiholeaI little other

wa goza rb n aserii.are not

Page 25: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur
Page 27: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 0 THE PRONOUN .

K a hado‘this m uch .

n ea rly iden tica l sen se .

K a kn , lea‘thu s . ’ Ka hn is the older a n d book form b ut

is stil l in use in certain ph ra ses , such a s tom a Ira /en mo‘even so, even thu s ,

i.e . howsoever ,’ ‘

a t a ll even ts . ’

Ka re hodois a l soin use in a

Exam p l e s ofkare, kono, etc .

Kare m a na nida 9

Kore wa tcppa de gozaim asn.

gun is

Kore wa iknraK ano lei.

Ka no ta kei.K a noa k a ta .

Kore wa N zhon gode n a n’

tothis Ja pan ese in , wha t

s him a sii 9

c a l l

Ana ta ni M in shimpai

you tothus ca l led a n xie tyka kete wa jitsn aism nim a

having hung truly does

sen 17 .

not finish

B aku te a kare de m a ga hum anI this even lea rn in g

wa shim ningen da .

done hum a n b ein g am

Da nna wa b achira de gom a ster here a bouts

za rim a sn ka P

is

K 6 in b a -ai

thus ca l led postureofaffairsda ka ra .

is b ecause

Karchan'a asa ra shika tta ka tathis m uch a fraid wa s thing

m a ga za rim a sen fi.

is not

Wha t is this ?

This is a gun .

How m uch is this ?

This tree .

This wa tch .

This gen tlem a n .

Wha tJ apa n ese ?

do you ca l l this in

I t is rea l ly inexcusa b le in m e

tohave caused you such a n xie ty .

a ll a m an who

ha s gone through a course oflearning.

I am a fter

Is the m aster anywhere herea bouts ?

is the posture

was so frightened

Page 28: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONO UN . 2 I

2 0 . Sa or so‘tha t .

Sore , sono. There is the sam e distinction be tween sore

a nd sonotha t there is between ha re a nd ha no. Sore s ta nd s

a lone , sono is‘joined to noun s . The rem a rks on the

word s in the fi rst colum n of the ta b le a l soa pp ly tothe

corresponding word s in this colum n a n d need not b e

repea ted here .

Exam p l e s ofsore, sonoetc .

Sore wa hinodohu na ha lode Tha t is a sa d thing.

tha t sad thin g

gozaim a sfi .

is

Doha de sonohnra woa hai Where did you b uy tha twhere tha t sadd le b uy sadd le ?

na sa tta 9

did

Sonna ra (for sorena ra )yorosh In th a t c a se it is a ll righ t.ifit b e tha t it is good

Soreja (for sore de ma ) ika. We l l then , le t us go!in tha t ca se wrll go

Saj'J n a ra ihim a sho. We l l then ! le t us go

thus ifit b e wil l go (more polite tha n la st).

Sore y a hare y a de o nhagai I ca l led on you partly for tha t ,tha t or this or for (hon .) ca l l part ly for this .

moshzta no desi‘i.

(hum b le word , pa st tense)is

$6 tom a SO toma Yes ! Yes !

sotha t even

Sa nn a (for sore na rn)mohutehi I f tha t is your ob ject the besttha t kind Of ob jec t p lan is togive it up.

n a ra yoshita [1 6 g a ii.

ifit is h ave given up side is b e t ter

Sore wa soto. L et tha t b e so—i.e. tochangetha t thus the sub jec t .

Shite,‘ha ving m a de ,

is u nderstood a t the end Of the

la st sen tence .

Page 29: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 2 THE PRONOUN .

8 i she sohora (or sa koira ) de Wait a lit tle therea bouts.

a l it t le therea boutsm a tte a re .

waiting rem ain

Ya no na ha noha lowa min a Such is the way of the world.

world in terior thing a ll

son na mono so.

such thing (em ph . part .)8 0 da soya . 80 it would a ppear.

tha t is a ppeara n ce

Sore ui sono tohi hajimete In a ddition totha t , I then fortha t to tha t tim e “St

the first tim e lea rn t the truth .

hon tonohotowoshitta .

true thing lea rn t

Ana ta 10 a 5 6 asshaim a sfi You say so, Sir, b utyou so say

heredomob ut

Souna ni a a nji na sa ru There is no rea son for yoursom uch (hon .) a n xious do

ha to 20 a gazaim a sen fi .

thing there is not

b eing soa n xious .

Sa hada noha to de a m a m I thought it would not soverysom uch of thing (pred.) wil l

m ai to am a tta .

not b e though t

m uch signify .

Sa mona hereb a I f tha t is not even sosoeven if is not

SGshite (or soshite) [snide And won ’ t you ta ke the

thus having done opportunity opportunity of b uying m e a

ni miha n wosakoshi ha tte

a t orange a little bough thite huda saim asen ii ha ?

com e give (neg.)

few ora nges ?

Ai wa ita sa na ka tta sodesa. I t seem s they did not m ee t .m eet did not so is

Am e ga furisom a um . I t does not seem like ly torain .

rain fa l l even is not

ui na tte I t seem s they ha ve be com e m an

husb and a n d Wife havm g be com e and wife .

in t 5 6 n a .

rem ain is

Page 30: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 2 3

Sara (for sore wa ) hisha ga There ! the train is starting.

there ! the trainderu .

is starting

Sore hada a rima shite wa Wha t wil l you dowith all tha ttha t quan tity

‘b eing quan tity

dosum 9

how do

Da re ga soiim a shita 9 WhoSaid so?who so said

Soho ga ha njin da . Tha t is the im portan t poin t .tha t p la ce im portan t is

2 1 . A ‘tha t . ’

Are a nd sore, a na a nd sonom u st not be u sed indis

crimin a tely J u st a s hare m ay b e ca l led the demon stra tive

pronoun of the fi rst person , sore is the demonstra tive pro

noun of the second a nd a re of the third person . Sore , sono

refer to som ething presen t before the speaker’s eye s or to

his m ind ; a re , a notosom ething a litt le way off or not in

sight . Sore, sono refer tothe im m edia te subject of con

versa tion ; a re, a noa re u sed when a fre sh subject is sta rted .

Sa na m iim a for insta nce m ea n s ‘th a t horse ’

i.e . the horse

you a re riding ,’ or ‘which you h ave bough t ,

’ or ‘ofwhich

we a re speaking a na m am a,

‘the horse you rode yesterday ,

etc . A na y a‘tha t world ’

m ea n s ‘the other world .

The

phra se ‘this tha t a nd the other is a fair tra n s la tion ofha re,

sore , a re .

Kore, ha noa re the I ta lia n gnesto; sore , sonoa re ca testa

a nd a n a,a re a re q nello.

A J a pa nese often b egin s a senten ce with a n a n a which

ha s nom ea ning wha teve r a nd which m ere ly serve s tod raw the a tten tion of the person a ddressed .

The three‘words ha na ta (for hona ha ta )

‘this side,

sona ta

(for sonoha ta )‘tha t side ,

a nd a na ta (for a na ha ta ‘tha tside ’

) shou ld when u sed a s pronoun s m ea n re spective ly

Page 31: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 4. THE PRONOUN .

‘I ,’ ‘you

and ‘he ,’ ‘sh e ’ or ‘it ,

b ut cu riou s ly enough

they a re a ll u sed in the secon d person , though hona ta

m ay som etim es s ta nd for ‘I .’

Ana ta for‘you resem b le sthe Germ a n use of sie ‘they

a s a pronoun of the secondperson .

Asi‘zhois irregu la rly form ed . The regu la r form a ha is in

use in the wes tern dia lect .

Ayoa nd a hadoa re not found ; a noyo, a re hada a re

u sed in stead .

Exam p l es of a re, a no, etc .

Are wa n a n’

da 2 Wha t is tha t ?tha t wha t is

Ana daiku ma hita ha 9 Ha s tha t carpen ter com e ?

tha t carpen ter com e

Ara ! (for a re wa ) nia ta There ! you a re a t it again . (Didthere a ga in

a ny one ever hea r) such b ad

hajim a tta . Anna (for a re n a rn) 1have b egun such

anguage

hnehi nowa rni hoto wo.

mouth b ad thing

Omay e m a do shite haha How is it you are here ? Eh Ah

you how ha vin g done here Is it I (the use of mm here

uiiru ha 9 Ana—wa ta hnshiha 9 indica tes em b arra ssm en t .)a re I

Ano—I heda son . I say ! Mr. I keda .

B a hnfn m a a na yoni Sin ce the fa l l of the Shoguna te .

Shogun a te tha t m a n ner

na tte ham .

having b ecom e a fter

A in ha na shi n a I t is se ldom we hear a s torytha t way ca l led story of tha t kind .

m atta nihihima sen ii.

se ldom hea r

A in fazetsu wa a te ni One cannot depend on reportsreport dependen ce of tha t sort.

na ra n ai.

donot becom e

Page 32: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 2 5

2 2 . K a,

‘tha t . ’

The word s in this colum n have the sam e m ea ning a s the

corre sponding word s in the previou s one b ut they a re m u ch

les s common ly used a n d on ly b y educa ted peop le . Theybe long properly tothe book la ngua ge . Ka noha s som e

tim e s the m ea ning a certain .

I n som e phra ses ha re is stil l in common u se .

Exam p l es.

Ka re hare hirn desii. I t is just a bout noon .

noon is

Ka re hare iwa zu toihe. None of your ob jec tions, b utnot saying go b e off with you.

Na nno (for n a ni no) ha nna He wen t on ta l king as m uch

(for ha re no) to m a he a s to say tha t he was not gob e b ea ten in tob e b ea ten .

a shzm z woztta .

g

re luc tance sa id

H ita wa ha re hare to tea Though peop le donot m a kepeop le tha t this

iwa nai heredom a.

not say a l though

a ny rem arks.

N a niy a ha y a . Any thing wha tever.

2 3. Da ,

‘who’

.

Da re, who,’

is theon ly word in this colum n , the p la cesofthe others being supp lied by the deriva tives ofdo which .

Da re (id2 Whois it ? whogoes there ?

is

Da re nomosen 2 Whose b lan ket ?

D a re ui ha ne wa y a tta P Towhom did he give thetomon ey gave money ?

D a re ga soiim a shita ? Who said so?who so said

Da re ha ta amot I wondered whoit wa s.

who (Sign Of indi'

)while

rect clause .

ta ra .

I thought

Page 33: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 6

2 4. Do, ‘which .

THE PRONOUN .

Dore, ‘which .

An old form of da re is idznre which is

s til l in use in the sen se a t a ll even ts ,’

a t a ny ra te .

It is

here put short for idznre nim a , lit .‘in whichever

D ana ta , (for donoha ta , which side is u sed a s a polite

substitu te for da re, ‘who.

is dona ta sama .

A stil l more re spectfu l phra se

From do, how,

a re form ed dozo, som ehow orother,’

doha , som ehow,

’ both ofwhich word s have nea rly the force

ofour p lea se . ’

Exam p l es ofdare, etc.

Dore wa yoroshin goza riwhich good is

m a sit ?

Dona fnneP

Dona gnraiyoroshiu goza riwha t qua n tity good is

m a si2

Doha o negai

som ehow (hon .) b eg

moshim a sn .

(hum b le word.)

Do in ha na shi de

how ca l led ta lk (predica te)goza rima su ha

is

Dona ta de gozaim a sfi ?

who is

Donna ni ureshiha shirem a

how m uch joyful c annotsemi.

know

Do’

siiiyo9how sha l l do

Dore ! da re ! ha re desiha ?which which this is

Which doyou prefer ?

Which ship ?

How m uch doyou require ?

P lease do, I b egofyou.

Wha t is it a ll a bout ?

Whois there ?(polite .)

I cannot te l l youligh ted I am .

Wha t sha l l I do?

L et m e see ! let m e see ! is

it this one ?

Page 35: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 8 THE PRONOUN .

Na nisliini hita ? Wha t have you com e todo?wha t do tohave com e wha t has b rough t you here ?

N a ni? sngnnim am a wa hii Wha t (nonsen se)! lead the horseWha t a t on ce horse having here a t on ce .

te hoi.led com e

N a nna ra (for na nina reba ) We l l then ! a s I have nothingb ecause it is wha t

todo have ou a n ob'

ection swa ta hnshimoIm na desi

‘iha ra ,

y y J

I leisure is b ecause tomy a ccom pa nyin g you ?a tonia wo ita shite

(hon .) a ccom pany ha ving donemo y arashin gozaim a sa ha 9

even good is

N a nishiro issha Suppose you goa long with m e .

Wha t do(im pera tive) toge ther~uiihi n a sai.

go(polite im pera tive)Bim boda na n

’to in hohoro Put ting away the fee ling tha t I

P°°t wha t ca l led heart was pooror a ny thing of tha t sort .wa haishite.

giving upa in -b a touishi-hom n toha Saying he was training it a s a

post-pigeon a s tra in tha t ? carrier pigeon or som e thing ofna ni to ha itte. tha t sort .som ething tha t sayin g

N a nnogo yo desn ha ? Wha t is your b usiness ?wha t (hon .) b usiness is

Na nitoha shiyo m a a ri Is there nothing which can

dom anner wil l b e done ?m a sa m aiha

not b e

Na ze hay a hn hanai? Why don’ t you com e quickly ?

why quickly not com e

N a ze toiy eba . Toexp lain the reason why .

why if say

Na ni, in the com bina tion n a n’

a’

esn ‘wha t is it ’

a nd

sim ila r phra ses , is con sta n t ly introduced by som e s peakers

in a m ea ning les s way , som ething like our‘don ’ t you

know.

Page 36: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN .-2 9

§ 2 6. INDEF IN I TE PRONOUNs .—By the a ddition of the

pa rtic le s ha , mo, demo, za , interroga tive pronoun s becom e

indefinite pronouns .

Da re ha , som ebody .

Exam p l e .

D a re ha shita aim a tte arn Som ebody is waiting b e low.

b e low waiting rem ains

D a re mo, ‘a nybody ,’

is genera l ly u sed with a nega tive

verb .

Exam p l e s .

Da re ma shira nii. Nobody knows.

Da re y e m a iwa nai You don ’ t te l l anybody .

to even not say (im pera tive)y a .

(em ph. part .)

D a re de m a m ea n s a ny one wha tever .’

Exam p l e .

Da re de ma yorashiu goza n Anybody wha tever wil l do.

good is

m a sh .

D are mo, a ny one,’

dare de m a , a ny one wha tever ,’

a re

u sed in a sim ila r way toda re moa n d da re de m a .

Na niha , som ething ,’

a nything .

Exam p l es.

Kanoha honon aha uina ni I s there any thing in this box ?box in side

ha haitte irn ha ?

ha vin g en tered is

Koj ikininciniha oy a rina sa re. Give som ething tothe b eggar.

b egga r to give do

Na nim a, a nything a t a ll,

is u sed with nega tive verbs .

Page 37: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

30 THE PRONOUN .

Exam p l e .

Na ni mogoza rima se nn. There is nothing a t a ll.

N a nide m a , a ny thing wha tever.’

Exam p l e s .

K anom ns l me wa na ni de m a This girl ea ts anythingwha tever.

ta beru.

ea ts

N a nide m a shitte irn . He knows every thin g.

Na niza , u sua l ly con tra cted in tona nza ,‘som ething or

a nother,’ ‘

a ny .

Exam p l e .

Na nzoamoshiraishim bun go H ave you not som e divertingdiverting news

news tote l l m e ?za rim a senn ha 9

is not

I n the sam e way inte rroga tive a dve rbs m ay becom e in

definite , a s daha ‘whe re ,’

dahka (for daho ha )‘som e

where ,’

dahadenzo a nywhere .

Exam p l e .

Doha ha de mita yo ai I thin k I have seen (him )seen m a nner

som ewhere.

omoim a su.

thin k

§ 2 7 . REFLEX IVE PRONOUN .—yib un ,

‘se l f,’

jib a n no,one ’ s own ,

is the com monest reflexive pronoun in the

J a pa nese spoken la nguage . It is som etim e s rep la ced by

jishin oronore. I/Vaga m ea n s on e ’ s own in the ph ra se s

waga ha ,‘one ’ s own child ,

waga hiddai,‘one ’ s own

brothers a nd sisters ,’

waga hnni,‘one ’ s own coun try ,

a nd

perha ps som e others .

Page 38: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 3 1

Exam p l e s ofjibnn etc .

ha ra

b ecausedehinai

can ’ thnda sa re.

give

yibnn de

tetsada tte

lendin g hand

yib a n ga wa rui.

him sel f is b ad

Tegamiwa youi ta ta nai;le tter use stands not

s hin ni itte a ha na shin a sa re.

going spea k do

Go jib a n no tohi de

(hon .) own tim e a t

yoroshiu gaza rim a sn.

good it is

Yahei na 0 sewa

needless (hon .) troub le

s nn noa ta m a nohaiwoay e.

own head flies drive off

Sa m uhute, jib un note d a ha

b ein g cold own ha nd is

n a n’

da ha wa ha ra nn.

wha t is is not c lear

d a

it is

noinochiwo si'itete,

lifehitowota snhem a shita .

aided

Because I can ’ t doit b y my

se l f, help m e please.

I t is his own faul t .

A let ter is of nouse ; goand

ta l k tothe m an him se l f.

I t wil l doa t yourown tim e .

I don ’ t wan t your a ssistan ceb rush the flies from yourown head.

I t is so cold, I don ’ t knowwhether they are my own hands

or wha t they a re .

Throwin g away his own life ,a b andoning he aided others.

Ob serve the force ofhttoin this sen tence.

For ea ch other ,’ one a nother ,

’ J a pa nese use the a dverb

tagainiwhich m ea n s ‘m u tua l ly .

Exam p l e s .

Tagainimite arima shIta .

Tagainita snheru.

2 8 .

ha s nore la t'

ive pronoun s .

RELAT IVE PRONOUNs—The J a pa nese

Toexpres s the sam e idea , the

They looked a t one another.

They a ssist each other.

la nguage

verb of the re la tive c la u se is put before the word towhich

the rela tive pronoun refe rs . I n the ca se of pa ssive verbs a

Page 39: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

32 THE PRONOUN .

simila r con struction is found in Eng lish . Thus , for ‘them a n whowa s m u rdered ,

we m ay say ,‘the m u rdered m a n ,

which correspond s exa ct ly tothe J a pa nese phra se , ha ra

sa reta hito.

Exam p l e s .

Ana ta ga ourina sa tta johisen . The steam er which you sold.

se l l did s team er

Sa hnj itsn ha tta hobune. The sailing vesse l which (we)yesterday bough t sailing-ship bough t yesterday .

H ay a hu susnmu fune. A ship which sails fast , or a

quick advan ce ship fast sailing ship .

Nihon go waha ra A m an whodoes not under

J apan language notstand Ja pa nese .

no hito.understand m an

In stea d ofharashita hita , ‘the m a n whokil led ,’

horasa re

ta hito, ‘the m a n whowa s kil led ,’

it is possib le tosay

harashita toharonohita , horosa reta tahara nohito, tahoro

m ea ning p la ce ,’

b ut this construction ca n ha rd ly b e said to

be long tothe col loquia l la nguage . Such ph ra ses , however,a s hiita toharoniy a tte,

‘a ccording towha t I have hea rd ,

a re not unfrequent .

2 9 . OTHER PRONOM INAL WORD S

Hita ‘m a n’

. Hitois u sed in a simila r way tothe Germ a n

m a n , the F rench an , a nd the Eng lish ‘one ’ or ‘peop le .

It m ay a l som ea n ‘other peop le .

Exam p l e s .

H tto wo b a ha ni shite, You should not m a ke fools ofpeop le fool tom a kin g peop le.

ihen ai.

can not go

H tta goin noni. According towha t peop le say.

say in

Page 40: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE PRONOUN . 33

H ttonohodom a . O ther peop le ’s children .

children

Mina , ‘a ll,’

is u sed either a lone or a fter a noun .

Mina ha reta . They have a ll withered.

Kiga mina hareta . The trees have all withered.

Min a de ihntsa ? How m any in a ll ?

Mina sa n yohn ira sshai You are a ll we lcome , Gen tle.

a ll Mr. we l l (hon .)com e m en .

m a shita .

(pa st)

I ha ( root)‘how ’

ison ly found in a few com bina tion s such

a s iha nior ihaga ,

‘how,

iha hada ,‘how m uch .

Ihn ,

‘wh a t num be r,’

a ppea rs in the fol lowing com bin ation s—ihn ts fi, ‘how m a ny ,

ihnra ,

‘how m uch ,’

ihnnzai,‘how m a ny fl a t objects ,

ihnhan ,

‘how m a ny cy lindrica l

obj ects ,’

ihnha ,

‘how m a ny day s , ihnta rior ihnnin , how

m a ny m en ,

a nd other sim ila r ph ra ses .

I tsa ,

‘when ,’

is found a lone a nd in the com bin a tion s

itsnza , a t som e tim e or a nother,’

itsnha, on som e day or

a nother,’

itsa moor itsn demo, ‘a t a ny tim e a t a ll,

‘a lway s .

Rio-ho, lit . ‘both sides ,’

is u sed for ‘both ,’

b ut dachira

m a is commoner.

Page 41: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER V

NUMERALS.

§ 3o. The J a pa nese la nguage ha s two se ries of

num era l s , one con sisting of origina l J a pa nese word s , the

othe r borrowed from the Chinese . The J a pa nese series

extend s no fu rther tha n the num be r ten , a fter which

C hinese num era l s on ly a re u sed .

List of Num era l s

Page 43: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

36 NUMERAL s .

Exam p l e s .

Twomoun tains.

Four oranges.

5 . The num era l m ay s ta n d b y itsel f.

Exam p l e .

I ha tsa am 9 How m any are there ?

}’ia iehigaza rim a sz

‘i. There are eleven .

§ 32 . AuxiL IARY NUMERAL S . - It is com pa ra tive lyse ldom th a t the num era l is joined im m edia te ly to the

noun . Wha t m ay b e ca l led Auxilia ry Num era l s a re m uch

in use . They correspond to the Eng lish ph ra ses , ‘six

hea d of ca tt le ,’ ‘faur b ra ce of pa rtridges ,

’ ‘twa pair of

shoes]

Exam p l es .

Kamiichim ai. One shee t of paper.

H a himonoissohn (for ichisahu). O n e pair of shoes .

Ahindojiu iehinin . E leven m ercha n ts (lit. m er

cha n ts—e leven m en).

Mos t of these a uxilia ry n um era l s a re of Chinese origin ,a nd fa l l under Ru l e I of the preceding section . A few

a re J a pa nese word s , a nd fa l l under Ru le 2 a s hnra hita

tom ai, ‘one godown .

" They a re com mon ly p la ced a fte r

the noun , b ut a con struction simila r totha t described in

Ru le 3 is a l so a dmis sib le . Ex . Sa nnin noa kinda ,‘th ree

m erch a n ts . ’

These num era l s a re in daily u se , a nd a knowledge of

some of them is absolu te ly necessa ry.

Page 44: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

NUMERALS . 37

The most common a re

FOR AN IMALS . FOR MEN . FOR B IRD S .

FOR LONG AND ROUND ART I CLE S , S U CH AS BOTTLE S ,PEN C ILS , TREE S , ETC.

Hon .

I . Ip pan . 2 . Nihon . 3 . Sam b an . 4 . Shihon .

5 . Gohon . 6. Rap pan . 7 . Shichihon . 8 . H a ehi hon .

9 . K n hon . I O . yip pan . (Se c.

FOR BROAD FLAT OBJE CT S , S U CH As DOLLAR S , S HEET S OFPAPER , CLOTH IN G , ET C .

M ai.

I . I chim a i. 2 . Nim ai. 3. Sam m ai. 4 . Yonzai.

5 . Gom ai. 6. Rahn m ai. 7 . Shichim ai 8 . Ha chim ai.

9 . K n m a i. 1 0 . yin m a i. (Sr

Shiis avoided in m any com b ina tions b ecause it a lsom ea ns dea th ,

a word of ill omen, and the Japanese numera l yoused instead b eforeChinesewords.

Nin .

I ehinin or hita ri.

Ninin orfiita ri.

Sa n nin .

Yotta riory a’i‘nin .

G 0 nin .

R ahn nin .

Shichinin .

H a chinin .

K n nin .

yin nin .

é’

v e.

Page 45: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

38

FOR HOUSE S .

K en .

I . I h hen .

2 . Nihen .

3 . Sa n gen .

4 . Shihen .

5 . Gohen .

6. Ra h hen .

7 . Shichihen8 . H a chihen

9 . K n hen .

I O yih hen .

I I . yin ih hen .

NUMERALS .

FOR S H IPS .GLA S SE S OFW INE ,CUPS OP TEA , ET C .

FOR j INRIK ISHA AND KAGO .

or D a i.

I t 6l [ Chidai.

N ieho Nida i.

Sa n eho Sa n da i.

Shicho’

Yoda i.

Go6 116 GO da i.

Rohn eho Rahn da i.

Shichieho Shichida i.

H a t eha H a ehida i.

K n cha‘

K n‘

dai.

ya eho yin da i.

SHOE S .

For ca rria ge s the num era l is ichi rio, ni rioetc . ; for

books (vols ) is sa tsn ,nisa tsn , (copies)ichib u , uib n etc .;for

m ats , ichijo, nijoetc.

Page 46: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

NUMERALS . 39

§ 33. ORD INAL NuMBERs .—The ordina l s a re form ed by

prefixing the word daior a flixing b a n to the Chinesenum era l s .

I st . Daiiehi or

2 nd . D aia i

3rd . D aisa n

4th . Daishi

5 th . Daigo

éve.

The ordina l s precede the noun , the

being in troduced between .

Exam p l e s .

D aiiehinoy ahu. The first , or highest office.

Nib a n nofnne. The second ship.

D aiichi, ichi b a n m ea n litera l ly‘num ber one .

M e is

often a dded a fte r b a n , a s nib a n m e nofnne,‘the second

ship .

§ 34. FRACTION s .—Fra ctiona l qua n tities a re expresse d

in the fol lowing m a n ner : 2 I - Iooths is hia ka bnn noni

jin iehi, (lit . of one hundred pa rts twen ty one .) The

nois com mon ly om itted , a nd b n substituted for b nn .

Thu s for ‘on e third ’

the spea ker ha s a choice between

sa m b un no iehi a nd sam b n iehi. When there is

no denom ina tor expre ssed , it is understood tha t tenths

a re m ea n t .

Exam p l e s .

Ha ehibu. Eigh t ten ths .

Shiehi b n . sam b n ai wa he Divide it in to seven ten thshavm g and three ten ths.

te oha re.divided give

Ichib a n .

Nib a n .

Sam b a n .

Yob a n .

Gob a n .

(Sa c .

possessive pa rtic le

Page 47: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

40 NuMERAL s.

One ha l f is ha n , or ham b un . One third a nd onefou rth a re som etim es nzitsi

iiehi a nd y a tsie iehi. These

pa rticu la r form s have been sa nctioned by u sage , b ut a s

a genera l ru le J a pa nese a nd Chinese n um era l s ca nnot

be com bined in this way .

35 . Exam p l es ofNum e ra l s .

Sana ha sa wa ihnra ? He ; How much is tha t um b re l la ?tha t um b re l la how m uch One is fi fty sen b ut if you b uy£1750 " 10“gOJ‘Sse” d" gaza ri three , I Wil l m ake them one yenone piece fi fty cen ts is

vtwen ty sen .

m a su ga ; sa m bon a ha t

three pieces (hon .) b uyna sa reb a ,

iehiy en n ijissen ni

. if do one twen ty cen ts toita shima sk6.

wil l m a ke

H tto tsutsumi ui hia hn There are one hundred (dolla rs,on e pa cka ge "1 hun dred

shirts, or other fla t ob jec ts.) inm a i dzn tsn ha itte zm a su.

ea ch pa ckage .

piece ea ch having en tered is

Sore wa fi‘ita tsiihi m ay e no Tha t is a thing of two

tha t twomon th b efore mon ths ago.

hoto da .

thing is

Mina de ihn tsi ? How m any a l together ?a l toge ther how m any

N a na tsi‘igoza rima sii. There a re seven .

Kan aichidam no sob a Have you heard wha t the

tooday dol la r ra te °t exra te of exchange for dol lars is

wo hiita ha ?to-day ?

change have heard

He, hia hu m ai ni hia hn Yes, it is 1 1 0 yen for 1 00

Yes , hun dred piece in hundred dol lars.1 m yen de goza rim a sii.ten are

Kore yorina n’ri hadoam ? How m any riis it from here ?

this from wha t quan tity is

Page 48: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

N UMERAL S .

Shichiha ehirihoha (or shiha )seven eigh t other

ma goza rim a senii.

is not

Ni sa n gen .

twothree houses

Shigo.

nichi.

N a n’dohi desii.

’ or N a n’

J i

desii?

Ka re hare y OJ t degoza rima si'i.

tha t this

I hn zroa rim ae ha ?

how m any colours a re

Sotaide hahona ira gaza rim asii.

a ll in nine colours there are

Midzn wohita huchihnrero.Wa ter one mouth give

Hitotsfi nosama tage ga am

one ob sta c le there is

yin -nin to-iro.I O m en 1 0 colour

4 1

I t is not more than seven oreigh t ri.

Twoor three houses.

Four or five days.

Wha t o’c lock is it ?

I t is just a bout four o’c loc k .

How m any kinds are there ?

In all, there are nine kinds .

Give m e a mouthful Of wa ter.

There is one ob sta c le .

As m any m en , a s m any minds.

Page 49: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER V I .

THE VERB.

§ 36. The verb in J a pa nese ha s no m ea n s of ex

pressing distinction s of num ber or, except indirect ly , of

person . K a sn, for in sta n ce , m ay m ea n , ‘I lend ,

’ ‘thoulendest ,

’ ‘he lend s ,’ ‘we , you , or they lend ,

a ccording

tocircum sta nces .‘

I n the spoken la ngua ge there a re twoconj uga tion s of

verbs . The fol lowing ta b le shows the termin a tion s of the

principa l pa rts in ea ch conjuga tion

CONJ . I . CON]. Ii.

StemBa se for Nega tive a nd Future form s

Presen t I ndica tiveBa se for Condition a l form s

I t is not a l toge ther a rb itra rily tha t these conjuga tions have b een

term ed the ‘first ’ and the ‘second.

’The grea t m ajority of underived

verb s a re conjuga ted a ccording tothe first conjuga tion ; a ll pa ssive a nd

most causa tive a ndother deriva tive verb s b e long tothe second .

37 . Ta b le showing the form a tion of the principa l pa rtsin differen t verbs

CONJUGATION I .

lend wa it b e pour readStem . ha s!” m a ch; a n tsa gi shim a i yom iNeg Ba se ka sa m am a ra tsuga shim awa yom aPres. Ind ie ha s“ m a tsn a ru tsng n shim a n yom uCon . Ba se ha s: m a te a re tsuge shim aye yom e

Page 51: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

44

Pa st Particip lePa st TenseConditiona l of do.Hypothetica l ofdo.

Prob a b le Pa stAl tern a tive FormConcessive Pa s tDesidera tive AdjPolite Form

Nega tive Ba se

Neg. ofPres . Indie.

Nega tive Pa stNeg. Con dition a lNeg. Hypothe tica lNeg. Con cessiveNeg. Pa rticip leHypothe tica lNeg. Adjec tiveFuture

THE VERB .

CONJUGAT ION I .

Ka sa , tolend.

Ka shi, lend.

Ka sa .

Ka sa mi, (he) does not lend.

na nda , (he) did not lend.

neb a , if (he) doe s not lend.

zn b a , if (he) were not tolend.

nedo, though (he) does not lend.

de or zn , not lendin g.

b a , if (he) were tolend.

n ai, (he) does not lend .

Ka so, (he) wil l lend .

Ka sa , (he) lends.

Ka su n a , donot lend .

m ai, (he) wil l not lend.

Kase.

Ka se, lend.

b a , if (he) lend.

do, though (he) lend .

Ka shite, having len t or lending.

ta , (he) len t or ha s len t .ta reb a , ifor when (he) len t , or has len t .ta ra b a , if (he) had len t.ta ro

, (he) prob a b ly len t .ta ri

, a t one tim e lending.

ta redo, though ( he) len t .“

tai, (he) wishes tolend.

m asii, (he) lends.

Page 52: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

Past Pa rticip lePa st Ten seConditiona l of do.

Hypothetica l of doProb a b le Pa stAl tern a tive FormCon cessive Pa stDesidera tive Adj.Polite FormIm pera tive

Nega tive Ba se

Neg. Pres. I ndic .Neg. Pa st I ndic .Neg. Conditiona lNeg. Hypothetica lN eg. Con cessiveNeg. Particip leHypothe tica lNeg. Adjec tiveNeg. FutureFuture

Presen t Indica tive

Neg. Im pera tive

Condition a l Ba se

THE VERB .

CONJUGAT ION I I .

Ta bern , toea t .

Ta b e, ea t.

Ta be.

Ta bern , (he) ea ts.

Ta bern no, donot ea t .

Ta bere.

45

ea ten .

Ta be te , havin g ea ten p r ea ting.ta , (he) a te .

ta reba , ifor when (he) a te , orta ra b a , if (he) had ea ten .

ta ro, (he) ha s prob a b ly ea ten .

ta ri, a t on e tim e ea tin g .

ta reda , though (he) a te .

tai, (he) wishes toea t.m a sh , (he) ea ts.

Ta be n ai, (he) does not ea t .

na nda , (he) did not ea t .

neb a , if (he) donot ea t .

z n b a , if ( he) were not toea t .

n edo, though ( he ) does not ea t.de or zu ,

not ea tin g.

b a , if (he) were toea t.n ai, (he) does not ea t .

m ai, (he) wil l not ea t .

yo, (he) wil l ea t .

Page 53: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

46 THE VERB .

§ 4 I . The fol lowing exam p les show the letter-cha nges

which take p la ce when the stem s of verbs of the fi rst

conjuga tion ending in chi,ri, hi, gi, ip receded by a vowe l ,

m ior b i com e b efore the termin a tion s te, ta , ta reb a , ta ra ,

ta ra ba , ta ro, ta ri, a nd ta reda .

Ma chi-te becom es m a tte, m a chita m a tta , etc .

A ri-te. a tte.

Ka hi-te haite .

Tsagi-te. tsnide or tsnite.

Shim ai-te shim a tte.

Ombi-te amotte.

Yam i-te yonde .

Ya bi-te yonde .

Exception z—I hi-te (ihn‘togo becom es itte not iite .

42 . IRRE GULAR VERB S . K n rn‘tocom e ,

sum ‘todoa nd the polite a uxilia ry m a sii a re som ewha t irregu la r .

Their conjuga tion is given b e low.

For the futu re ofhnrn , hayois be st . Kiyo, which is a l so

u sed , is not sogood . Kois som etim e s hea rd in the ph ra se

itte hoha , having gone sha l l I com e .

I n stea d ofsho, the futu re ofsnrn ,

‘todo,’

seyois som etim es

hea rd , a nd for the nega tive futu re sem ai, som e peop le say

sum a ior shim ai. But these form s a re les s correct tha n

those given in the ta b les .

Ma sh ha s no desidera tive form . In stea d of ihim a

shita i, we m u st say ihitogoza im a sn ‘I wish to go.

Ma se (im pera tive) is often pronoun ced m a shi by ca re les s

speakers . M a sn rn is more form a l , a nd les s com mon tha n

ma sh .

Ma si’

i is not now in use a s a sepa ra te word , b ut on lycom bined with othe r ve rbs toform polite tenses .

Page 54: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

Pa st Particip lePa st TenseCon dition a l ofdo.

Hypothe tica l of do.

Prob a b le Pa stAl terna tiveCon cessive of Pa st .Desidera tive Adj.Polite Form

Nega tive Ba se

Neg. of Pres. Indie .

Neg. of Pa st I ndic .Neg. of Condition a l .Neg. ofHypothe t .

Neg. ofCon cessive .

Neg. Particip leHypothe tica lNeg. Adjec tiveNeg . ofFutureFuture .

Im pera tive

Presen t Indica tive

Neg. Im pera tive

Condition a l Ba se

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

THE VERB .

K n rn , tocom e .

Knrn

Ka re

com e .

(he) does not com e .

(he) did not com e .

if (he) does not com e .

shou ld (he) not com e .

though (he) donot com e .

47

not coming,or without coming .

should (he) com e .

(he) does not com e .

(he) Wil l not com e .

(he) wil l com e .

com e !

(he) com es.

donot com e !

if( he) ccm es.

though (he) com es.

coming or havin g com e .

(he) cam e ,or (he) ha s com e .

ifor when ( he) cam e .

if (he) ha d com e .

(he) ha s prob a b ly com e .

a t one tim e comin g.

a l though (he) cam e .

(he) wishes tocom e .

( he) com es .

Page 55: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB .

Snrn , todo.

Shite

Pa s t Ten seCondition a lofdo.

Hypothe tica l of do.

Prob a b le Pa stAl terna tiveCon cessive Pa st

t

Desidera tive Adj.

Polite FormIm pera tive

Nega tive Ba se

Neg. ofPres . Indic . Se a n

Neg. ofPa st Indie . n a nda

Neg. ofCondition a l . neb a

Neg.ofHypothe tica l zn b a

Neg. of Con cessive .

Neg. Pa rticip leHypothe tica lNeg. FutureFuture

Pres. Indica tive

Neg. Im pera tive Snru n a

Condition a l Ba se

0 0 0 0 0 0

(he) does.

donot

if(he) does.

though (he) does.

doing or having done.( he) did or has done.

ifor sin ce (he) did.

if (he) had done .

(he) prob ab ly did .

a tone tim e doing.

though (he) did .

(he) Wishes todo.

(he) does.

do!

(he) does not or wil l not

(he) does not do.

( he) did not .

if (he) does not.

should (he) not do.

though (he) donot .

not doing, or without doing .

should (he) do.

(he) wil l not do.

( he) wil l do.

Page 56: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB .

Ma sii, tob e .

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Past Pa rticip le Ma sh! tePa st Ten seCondition a l ofdo.Hypothetica l of do.

Prob ab le PastAl tern a tiveCon cessive PastDesidera tive Adj.Polite Form

Nega tive Base Ma se

Neg. of Pres . Indie .

Neg. of Pa st Indie .

Neg. ofCondition a l .Neg.ofHypothetica lNeg. of Con cessive .

Neg. Particip leHypothetica lNeg. Adjec tiveFutureIm pera tive

Presen t Indica tive . Ma siior m a surn (he) is.

Neg. Im pera tive donot b e !Neg. of Future (he) wil l not b e .

Condition a l Base Ma snre

49

b eing or having b een .

( he) was or ha s b een .

ifor sin ce ( he ) wa s.

if (he) had b een .

(he) prob a b ly wa s.

a t one tim e b eing.

though (he) wa s.

(he) is not .

( he) wa s not .if(he) is not.

shou ld (he) not b e .

though (he)is not.not b eing.

shou ld (he) b e .

(he ) wil l b e .

b e !

Page 57: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

5 0 THE VERB .

§ 46. THE STEM“ OR INDE F IN I TE FORM . Ka shi, ta be.

I . As wil l have been seen from the a bove ta b les , thestem is u sed a s a ba se towhich som e of the termina tion sa re a dded .

2 . The stem is u sed toform com pound s with noun s ,a dj ectives , orothe r verbs .

Exam p l es .

Ka shiy a .‘A house tolet,

’ from ha shi, stemof ha sn ,

‘tolen d, ’ a nd y a ,

‘a

house .

Kimono. C lothes, ’ from hi, stem ofhim ,

‘toc lothe , ’ and mono, a thing.

Mignrnshi. Ugly , ’ from mi, stem of mirn , ‘tosee ,

’a nd hnrnshi, pain ful , dis

tressing.

Arig a tai. I t is diffi cul t tob e ( I am m uchob liged), from a ri, stem of am ,

‘tob e and ha tai, hard , dif

ficult .’

Buchiha rosn.

‘To b ea t todea th ,

’ from b nchi,

stem of b utsu,

‘tob ea t , ’ and

hora sn , tokil l . ’

Shiagern . Tofinish ,

’ from shi, stem of sum‘todo, ’ and agera ,

‘toraise.

Sara n a kawaile im a sa The sky is c louded ; it looksSky c louded is like rain .

ha ra , furi-sona a m baidesii.

b e ca use fa l l sta te

The form which in previous editions of this work wa s term ed the

Root is now ca l led the S tem or I ndefinite Form for rea sons which haveb een very convin cingly put b y Mr. B . H . Cham b erlain in a short pa pe rread b efore the Asia tic Socie ty ofJapan , towhich I am indeb ted for thisim provem en t . I t is possib le , however, tha t such stem s a s ha shia re a ftera ll rea l ly roots, the inot b eing a term in a tion b ut m ere ly a sound a dded

in order tocom p ly with the rule tha t in Ja panese every sy l la b le m us tend with a vowe l .

Page 59: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

5 2 THE VERB .

a nd a re in very common use . Wa in this position is commou ly pronounced y a .

Exam p l es .

K ano mina to ni hahureta Are there nohidden rocks in

harbour hidden this harbouriwa a riwa (ory a ) shinaiha 9

rock is donot

M a ehim a (ory a ) shim a senzi. I won ’ t wait .wa it donot

D a rem a arim a ita shim a senii. There is nobody here .

a nyone rem ain does not

Kamaiy a shinai. I don ’ t care .

care don ’ t

M ada hi y a shima sz‘imai. He can

’ t have com e yet .

yet com e wil l not do

Shinima ita shim a siim ai. He wil l not die .

die wil l not do

4 . The Stem is the subj ect of a ru le of Syntax which is

very im porta nt in the written la nguage , a nd is oc ca sion

a l ly exem p lified in the spoken la nguage .

Rn le . When two or more con secutive c la u ses of a

sen tence con tain verbs in the sam e mood a nd ten se,the

la st verb on ly takes the distinctive termin a tion of the

mood a nd ten se , a nd a ll those which precede a re put in

the stem or indefinite form , so ca l led beca u se it ha s no

mood or ten se ofits own . I n the ca se of Nega tive Form s ,the indefinite form is the pa rticip le in zn .

This ru le is the cou n terpa rt for verbs of the ru le given

for Adj ectives in Cha p . V I I .

Exam p l es .

Mame wom a heba , m ame ga I f you sow b eans, b eans grow,

b eans if sow b eansa nd if you sow hem p seed,

hay e, a sa nota ne woma heb a . hem p growsgrow hem p seed if sow

a sa g a dehiru.

hem p b ecomes.

Page 60: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 5 3

Wa ta hiishi no yona bim bo A poor m an like m e b uysI sort Of poor when he ha s money , a nd does

n tn wa zeni noa rn tahinizoanot b uy when he has none .

m an cash is tim e

hai, nai tohi wa , hawa nai.

b uy not tim e donot b uy

Tokionohoy e a ide da toin There are peop le Who says‘de go say tha t he is going to Tokio, a nd

hztoma a ri, y appa ri nchi ni

peop le a re stil l hom e a t

oide da tomoin .

a lsosay

it is a lsosaid tha t he is goingtostay a t hom e .

Miredomo, miy ez n ; hikeda Though they look, they can

though see ca n ’ t see thoughnot see ; though they listen , they

m a hzhoy ena z. cannot hear.hea r cannot hear

The studen t shou ld not a ttem pt to imita te this con

s truction , which is not very common in ordin a ry conver

sa tion . I nstea d of haye, hai, it is bette r to say hay ern

ga , ha n ga . For a ri, a reb a is better, a nd for miy ezn ,

miy enai.

§ 47 . THE PAST PART I C IPLE . K a shite, ta hete.

The termina tion te of the pa st pa rticip le is rea l ly the

stem of a n obsolete verb tsnrn ‘to finish .

’ This a c

coun ts for its being occa siona l ly like other stem s u sed

a s a noun , a s in the phra se shiite no tori ‘a s you a re

awa re .

I t a l sofol lows th a t s uch phra ses a s m a tte arn ,

‘he is waiting ,’

a re rea l ly exam p les of the ru le of

syn ta x given in the preceding section , m a tte being the

I ndefinite Form .

The term Pa st Pa rticip le is not free from obj ection , a s

this is by nom ea n s the on ly use of this form . It m ust

som etim es b e rendered by the presen t pa rticip le , a nd it

som etim es ha s no reference to tim e , b ut describes them a n ner ofthe a ction of the verb which fol lows .

Page 61: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

5 4 THE VERB .

Exam p l e s .

Doha y e iite hita .

’ Where ha s he b een to?where having gone has com e

Ma tte kite age I wil l b ring it for you.

having ta ken having com e Im a sho.Willoffer

Kamiwa hitte ma ra tta . I got my hair cut .

hair having cut received

Da re ha Yokoham a m a de I wan t som ebody to go tosom ebody as far as Yokoham a for m e .

itte moraitai.h aving gone I wish toreceive

Sa na kaga kitha t post~ca rd

n a n’

toitta ?

wha t said

wo yondehaving read

Mzim a nima notte mira hitohorse riding see m a n

sot te miro.

associa ting seeuiwa

Yoji g a a tte notagio.b usiness b eing journey

Taite mosnwa tte mo, neda nstanding sitting price

wa a najihoto.sam e thin g

0 fnro ai itte m a

b a th having gone

yorashin goza rim a siihagood is

H aitte mo d a ijihaving en tered

nai.

is not

grea t thing

I tie shim a tta .

having gone ha s finished

Ka shizoota bete shim a tta .

ca kes ea ting has finished

Wha t did he say when he

read tha t post -card ?

Try a horse b y riding him ;

try a m an b y a ssocia ting withhim .

A journey on b usiness.

I t is as sit ting a s

sta nding .

cheap

May I gotothe b a th ?

I t does even if

you com e (or go) in .

in n m enu ,

He has gone away .

He ha s ea ten a ll the ca kes.

Page 62: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 5 5

Am a ri ta bete wa bioki ai You wil l b ecom e ill if youtoO m uCh ‘11

eat toom uch .

720 7 11 .

b ecom e

The la st exam p le shows tha t the Pa st Pa rticip le with

wa a dded m ay b e u sed a s equiva len t tothe Conditiona l

Form in eb a . Te run is in the common Tokiodia lect

pronounced cha . Te n a ha s not a lway s the force of the

Condition a l .

Exam p l e .

Nete n a im asenn. He is not gone tob ed.

having lain down rem ains not

Note the diffe ren ce in m ea ning between ka shite ka ra ,

‘a fter lending

,

a nd ka shita ka ra ,

‘beca u se he lent .

§ 48 . THE PA ST TEN SE . Ka shita , ta b eta .

The ta of the pa st tense is a shortened form of ta rn ,

which is itse l f con tra cted for te-a rn , te being the termi

na tion of the pa st pa rticip le , a nd a rn the verb ‘tob e .

I n the written la nguage ta rn ha s a perfect significa

tion , the sim p le pa st ten se being indica ted by the pa rtic le

skior hi a dded to the stem . These la tter form s a re

obsolete in the spoken la nguage , where ta is oftener a

sim p le pa st tha n a perfect , a lthough the la tter use is

not unknown . Yokoham a y e itta m ay m ea n, either ‘he

went toYokoham a ,

’ or ‘he ha s gone toYokoham a .

’ I f

it is de sired to bring out the pe rfect signifi ca tion dis

tinctly , the pa st pa rticip le with orn Oi irn is em p loyed ,a s Yokoham a y e itte orn ,

itte irn or ittern ,

‘he h a s

gone toYokoham a ,’

lit . ‘ha ving gone toYokoham a he

rem ain s . ’

Like the other ten se s of the Indica tive Mood , the Pa st

Ten se m ay Sta nd toother word s in the re la tion of a

Verb, a s a na hita n ra kita ,‘he cam e or ha s com e ,

Page 63: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

5 6 THE VERB .

of a n Adj ective ,* a s kita hito,

‘the cam e m a n’

i.e .

‘them a n whoha s com e ,

’ or of a Noun , a s kita nisoin ai‘there is nom istake a bout his having com e .

Exam p l e s of the Pa st Tense .

I . As a Verb .Kio kita . He came to-day.

to-day cam e

Doshima shz’

ta ? Wha t has happened tohim ?how ha s done

The pa st ten se is som etim e s u sed where in English

the present is preferred , a s wa ka rinza shita ‘I understa n d .

2 . As an Adjective .K ano aida ha shita ka ne. The money I len t somethis in terva l len t money days ago.

Kesa ta bem a shita n a shi. The pears I a te this morning .

this morning a te pea r

Kianen nofuy n wa takiishina The m an who cam e to m yla st year ‘t er m y p la ce in the Win ter of la st yea r.

ta kara nikita hito.p la ce cam e m a n

Ka ne wo tam eta ny e de He is going b a ck to his

money col lec ted “PO“ coun try after he has am a ssed

hun t n i kay ern .

som e money .

coun try returns

The pa st ten se , a s a n a dj ective , is frequent ly fol lowed

by the pa rtic le no.

Exam p l e s .Nita noyoriwa y a heta no I prefer roast toboiled .

boiled tha n roast

yoroshin ga za rim a sii.good is

Shinda noja naiha ? Is it not a dead one ?dead is not

Ima Jib a n m aitia no g a Am I wrong tohave comenow tim e cam e this tim e ?

wa rniha 2

is b ad

Cf. § 2 8 Re la tive Pronoun .

Page 64: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB .

Shim b nn no ha ta de I t seem s they have com en ewspa per thing

about the newspaper.

kim a shita sodesii.com e it is

3. As a Noun .

I tta g a yaha tta . I wish I had gone (‘I am glad I

the having gone wa s good wen t ’ would b e itta nowa yoka tta ).

M a heta ni ehigai There is nom ista ke a bout histhe b eing b ea ten mistake having b een b ea ten .

m a nai.

is not

Tari- a toshita wa mireb a . When I looked a t wha t heta ke dropped when saw. had dropped .

Hirai-totte knreta Wha t sort of a person was it

pick up having taken gave whopicked it up for m e ?

wa do in hitode a tta ?

how ca l led m an wa s

Ta khe, a contra ction for ta ri-kern of the written la n

gua ge , is som etim es em p loyed a s a sort of pa st term ina

tion . I t is howeve r u sed on ly a s a verb , a nd not a s a n

a dj ective or noun , a nd genera l ly indica tes th a t the speak

er is in doubt or t rying torem em ber .

Exam p l e s .

Ano otako n a n an’

to Wha t wa s tha t m an’

s nam e ?

tha t m an wha tmoshima shita kke ?

cah ed

fl ! sayodeshitakke ! Ah ! tha t is how it wa s !

ah ! thus it was

Cha tta .’ n a n

’toha zzm a shi I say ! wha t is this your

a little wha t ca l ledn am e is ? Sha l l I say 0 K a n e ?

ta kke ; m ashi0 Ka ne dan ha 9suppose

D an shows tha t it is a servan t whois addressed.

49 . THE COND I T ION AL AND THE HYPOTHET I CAL FORM SO F THE PA S T TEN SE . K a shita reb a ,

ta b eta reb a .

Ta reb a , tdra b a a re for te a reb a, te a ra b a . Ta reb a is

common ly stil l further contr a cted intota ra .

Page 65: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

5 8 THE VERB .

There was origina l ly a distinc tion b etween ta reb a and ta ra b a , the

form er re la ting toa n even t which has a c tua l ly happened or is prob ab le , the use of the la tter im p lying tha t the even t ha s not ha ppened a t all, or is put a s a m ere supposition . But this distin c tion is now

lost and both form s are used indiscrimina te ly , there b eing a tenden cyfor ta ra ba tofa l l out of use.

K a shita reb a m ay m ea n not on ly ifhe lent ,’

b ut ‘ifhe‘i‘ha d

len t,’ ‘if he sha l l have lent ,

’ since he ha s lent ,’

when he

lent ,’

when he ha d lent ,’

when h e.

sha l l ha ve len t . ’

The com poun d ten se ka shita na ra is very genera l ly u sed

in m u ch the sam e sen se a s ka shita reb a . Na ra is he re for

na reb a , the Conditiona l Present ofna rn ,

‘tobe . ’

Exam p l es of ta reba , ta ra ba , ta ra a nd ta na ra .

Sore g a wa ha tta reb a , I f (or when) we have under

tha t when have understoodstood tha t , the rest is ea sy .

a to wa y a sni.

rest is ea sy

Tokio y e ihim a shita reba As soon a s I have gone towhen I have gone Tokio, I wil l order som e .

chi‘tma n shim a sho.

order Wil l do

Somoshima shita reb a , mina When I said so, they a ll flew

so when I said a ll in toa passion .

aha rim a shtta .

flew in toa passion

B en ten wa toota ra ha] : ga When I passed Ben ten a fire

when pa ssed fire b roke out .dchim a shita .

was m ade

I tta ra b a , hayo na hoto I f he had gone , nothing ofifha d gone this kind °t thin g this kind could ha ve ha ppened.

m a dehin ai ha dzu de

not b ecom e n ecessitya rim a shita .

wa s

I t m ay b e we l l torepea t here a rem a rk which ha s b een a lrea dym ade , viz . ,

tha t the Ja pa n ese Verb ha s noperson , a nd tha t where thepronoun ‘he ’

is in troduced in the English version , a ny other pronounwould doa s we l l .

Page 67: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

60 THE VERB .

Do in wa ke de goza ri Wha t could have b een the

how ca l led reason Wil l havereason

m a shita ro9b een

Kim a shita roha ? Doyou thin k he ha s com e ?

B eta ro. He ha s prob ab ly gone out .

Sa za gotaihntsn de goza ri You m ust sure ly have foundsure ly ennui Wil l have

the tim e long .

m a shita ra’

.

b een

§ 5 I . THE ALTERNAT IVE FORM . K a shita ri, ta beta ri.

The term ina tion ta riof this form is a con tra ction forte a ri.

A Ve rb in this form is nea rly a lways a ccom pa nied b y

one or more other ve rbs in the sam e form .

Exam p l e s .

Oy a aikokoradznhaiha he He reform ed his unfilia l conpa ren ts a nxie ty hun g duc t in now giving an xie ty to

ta rt , ay a wa n a ka seta ri nofn his paren ts , a nd now m a kingm a ke weep un

them weep.

ko woa ra tam eta .

fi lia l conduc t reform ed

K anoam e ga fn tta riy a nda ri I don ’ t like this wea ther,this rain fa l ling stopping when it is a l tern a te ly raining

s nrn tenki wa he in ira na i.a nd leaving off.

dowea ther m ind not en ter

Tennguinitsn tsnnda rita moto Wrapping up som e in his

towe l W t aPn “P sleeve towe l a nd putting others in toy e ireta rishite. his s leeve .

put ting in doing

ya m ninega tta ri ha na tta ri Indeed it is a case of notruly b egging gra n ting

sooner a sked for than gran ted.

de goza rima sn.

is

Ana ta wa hita wa horoshita I f you have no wish toyou peop le l“n commit murder or rob b ery .

rizahn woha ta rahn kokorowarob b ery work hea rt

a rim a sen z’

i to.is not if

Page 68: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 61

M idzu wohunda ri na niha P lease draw wa ter for m e ,

wa ter drawin g som e thingand the like .

shite oha re.

doin g give

The term in a tion ta riorigin a l ly had noa lterna tive m ea n

ing , a nd in some of the a bove ph ra ses the a ltern a tive

force is not very eviden t .

5 2 . THE CONCE se E PA ST . K a shita reda , ta b eta reda .

This form is not m uch u sed , being rep la ced by ha shi

ta ta iy eda , lit .

‘though one say tha t (he) len t ,’ or more

com mon ly stil l , by ka shita kereda . M a‘even ’

is often

a dded toa ll these form s . Though ’

is the correct t ra n s

la tion of the conces sive term ina tions b ut it is u sua l ly more

convenien t torender them in Eng lish by p la cing‘b ut ’

a t

the beginning of the subsequen t c la u se .

Exam p l e .

Yahoda m ay e ni ka ne wo I len t him money a

m uch b efore money tim e ago, b ut he has

ka shita hereda , m a da hay eshi re turned itQ

e t .len t a l though yet returned y

m a sen h .

not

K a shite m a is a l so m uch u sed with nea rly the sam e

m ea ning , b ut it is of nospecia l ten se , a nd m ay b e either

presen t , pa s t or futu re .

§ 5 3 . DE S IDERAT IVE ADJE CT IVE . K a shitai, ta b eta i.

See Cha p . V I I .

§ 5 4 . THE POL I TE FORM . K a shim a sn , ta bem a sn . The

conj uga tion of this form is given in 45 . For its u se,

see Cha p . XI I .

§ 5 5 . THE‘ NE GAT IVE BASE . Ka sa , ta b e a re not in

use a s sepa ra te word s . This form ha s nom eaning‘by itse lf.

Page 69: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

62 THE VERB .

§ 5 6. THE NE GAT IVE PRE SEN T IND I CAT IVE . K a sa n é,

ta bcn z‘z.

The.

fin a l u of this form is ina udib le , except when

very distinct pronu ncia tion is aim ed a t . The J a pa nesethem se lves often omit it in writing the spoken la nguage .

I n s tea d of this form , the Tokiodia lect genera l ly prefers

the Nega tive Adjective ka sa nai, ta b an d i. (See Cha p . VI I .)Like the othe r ten se s of the I ndica tive Mood , the Nega

tive Present m ay b e eithe r a ve rb , a n a djective or a noun .

(See rem a rks on the Pa st Ten se .)

Exam p l e s .

1 . AS a Verb .

Ka ne g a dckinz‘i to, 116 I f mon ey is not procured ,

money is not m ade if all

11 6 [ mm ka ketoriga 1 mm d ’a ra.

sides from dun com e Wil l

there wil l b e duns coming froma ll qua rters .

Shira n fi . I don ’ t know .

Are kiri (pron . a rekkiri) I have never seen him Sin ce .

tha t cut offa z'

m a scn fi .

not m ee t(The last exam p le shows tha t this form is som etim es used where we have a

past tenseSam ! wa rawa n fi, to m 6shi There! have you not laughedtha t ! “Qt laugh ha ving

a fter having said you wou ld not ?te, w am tta de u m nai1 m ?

said laughed (pred .) is not

(This exam ple illustra tes the principle tha t in J a pa n ese there are nospecia lform s for in direct n a rra tion . If a m a n says wa rawa nfi ‘I won't laugh 'the sam e

word wa rawa nfi is used in repea ting wha t he sa id , though in English we cha nge ‘wxllinto‘would .

’For wa rawa n}? a s a future see the section on the Future Form )

2 . As a n Adjective .

Shiram‘i kotowa goza rima He certain ly knows.

not -know thing is

senii.

not

Shira n fi. koto a ru mono Don ’ t te l l m e you don’ t k now.

not-know thing existing thingIan 9 (vulgarly mouka ).is ?

Page 70: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 63

D ckin fr tokiwa shika ta If it ca n ’ t b e done , there is nonot-can -do tim e do-m anner he lp for it .ga n ai.

is not

Shir/ a rm hito. A m an whom I don ’ t know.

(a lso, a m an whodoes not know .)‘

wakam n fi A m an whodoes not under

Eng lish words not-understand stand English .

hito.m an

I chi nen mo ta ta nii Before even a year had passed .

one year even not-standzlclzz

'

within

3 . As a Noun .

Skirim a sem’

idc gozaim a sfi. I don ’ t know (a very hum b lenot -know is form ofexpression used b y peop le

of the lower c la sses to theirsuperiors).

Damo skiy a shinai lea rn You n eedn’ t run away , I won

’ ta ny how do donot b ecause doany thing toyou.

nigcniz de moii.the not -running-away even is good.

0 lei m’

iram? wo Correc t wha t disp leases you(hon .) m ind not -en teromwshina sa re.

m end do

(in m e).

A n um ber of Com pound Ten ses a re form ed b y a d ding

de a ré , de a tta ,etc .

, tothe Nega tive Form (or the Ne d .

Adj.) taken a s a noun .

Exam p l es .

Shiramz d’a ra. He prob ab ly does not know.

not -knowing wil l b e

K am awam’

i d’a tta ra. He prob ab ly did not care.

not-caring prob ab ly wa s

5 7 . THE NE GAT IVE PA ST . K a sa na nda , ta b ena nda . This

form is u sua l ly rep la ced in the Tokiodia lect by ka sa na ka tta ,

ta b ena ka tta , the predica te form of the nega tive a djectives

Page 71: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

64 THE VERB .

(ka sa na ku ta b enaku) com bined with the pa st ten se of a m ,

‘tob e ,’

the u fina l being e lided before the a of am .

K a sa n z“

: (or ka sun d i) de a tta m ay a l sob e u sed toexpres sthe sam e m ea ning .

Exam p l e s .

I kimasena nda . I did not go.

Souna niy a suku wa ura na nda I did not se l l it socheap as tha t.so cheap did-not-se l l

(or ura naka tta ).

Ha na shi m’

uka reie kiga I wa s sota ken up by the con ~

ta l k 0 " floa ted m ind versa tion tha t I did not notice it.tsuka na nda .

not-stick

A J a pa nese often u ses the nega tive of the present ten se

or the nega tive a djective where the pa st seem s tou s moresuita b le . Thus , in a n swer tothe question , Did you go?

0 ide na sa tta lea Pthe rep ly wil l very like ly b e , I kim a sen fi ,

for ‘I did not go.

This is pa rticu la rly t rue in the ca se of indirect c la u ses

or where the Nega tive Pa st, if u sed , wou ld b e a n a djective

or a noun .

Exam p l e s .

Chamon shim lea semi ka to They were discussing the quesorder d‘d do“ot tion ofwhe ther it had b een orders

zu koto wo ha na shiteed or not. (Note tha t the J a pa nese

ca l led thing ta l kingotta

prefers the Ac tive tothe Pa ssive

rem ained con struc tion).

Kiri m a de itom a wone’

ga ma Those whohave not resignedto-day un til leave not

up til l to-day .

n ai mono.

request person

From the Nega tive Pa st a re form ed a Nega tive Pa st AI

tern a tive , ka sa na nda ri, ta b ena nda ri, a Nega tive Pa st

Conditiona l , ka sa na nda reb a , ta b ennnda reb a ,a Nega tive

Page 72: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 65

Pa st Hypothetica l , ka sa na nda ra b a , ta bena nda ra b a , a Nega

tive Pa st Conces sive , ka sa na nda redo, ta b en a nda redo, a n d

a Nega tive Proba b le Pa st , ka suna nda rd,ta b ena nda rd .

These form s h a ve not b een in c luded in the schem e of con

j uga tion , a s most of them a re not very com mon , a n d their

form a tion is very Sim p le . Like othe r nega tive form s theya re frequen t ly rep la ced by com pound ten se s form ed with

the he lp of the Nega tive Adjective .

§ 5 8 . THE NE GAT IVE COND I T IONAL . K a sa neb a , ta be

neb a .

The se a re the nega tive form s corre sponding to the

positive form s ka seb a,ta b ereb a .

Exam p l e .

Mwm'chi m a de tsz

ikura neb a , If he does not m a ke it b y toto-morrow “m“If“Qt m a ke morrow I sha l l order it som e

hoka de a tsumy eru. where e lse .

e lsewhere order

This pa rt of the verb fol lowed by the nega tive of na ru,

‘tobecom e ,’ give s the force of the English a uxilia ry verb

m u st , a s in the fol lowing exam p le

M awam ncb a na ram’

i. I m us t goround .

ifnot goround does not b ecom e

Te woam wa ncb a n a rami. I m ust wa sh m y hands .

ha nd if not wa sh

The n a ra nz? is som etim es a l lowed tob e u nderstood , a s in

the fol lowing exam p le

I kam'b a . I m ust go.

The Nega tive Adjective fol lowed by te wa is u sed in the

sam e way , a nd is com moner. See Cha p . V I I .

The fina l b ar of the Nega tive Conditiona l is often pronoun ced y a .

For ‘if he‘does not lend ’ on e ca n a l sosay ka sa n a kereb a ,

ka sa n zi kereb a , ka sami toki wa ,ka sund i toki wa ,

ka scmzé

Page 73: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

66 TRH VERB .

n a m , ka sa na i 1m m,ka sa n z

‘r to, k q sa n a i to, ka sa na ku te

a m or ka sund i de though som e s light dis tinction s

m igh t b e d rawn in the m ea ning a nd a pp lica tion of these

ph ra se s .

§ 5 9 . THE NE GAT IVE HYPOTHET I CAL . K a sa zu b a , ta b e

zub a .

K a suzub a , ta b ezub a a re the nega tive s corre sponding toka sa b a , ta b eb a . They ha ve som etim e s a n m in se rted for

euphony b efore the term in a tion b a . I n pra ctice they a re

con founded with the condition a l form s .

Exam p l es .

K a rm ic/Iia m e ga fum zub a , I wan t to go with you toto-day ram If not fa l l Tsukiji, if ' it does not rain

Tsukrji y e o tomo today .

a ccom pa nyin gita shita gozaim a sfi .

wish-to-do am

kinsa wotsukawa sa I t wil l b e n ecessary tospend a

a litt le mon ey if not spen d litt le mon ey .

zub a n a rim a sz’

im ai.

Wil l not b ecom e

60 . THE NE GAT IVE CON CE S S IVE . K a sa nedo,ta b en edo.

Exam p l e .

H a koda te y e itte minedo, Though I have not gon e togom g see "O t Ha koda te a n d seen for myse l f, I

J ’OhOdO sam m J’US" deam In form ed tha t It IS very coldvery cold seemthere .

gozm m a su.

IS

This form is not m uch u sed , being ordina rily rep la ced

b y the Nega tive Pre sen t or Nega tive Adjective fol lowed bykereda . For ka sa nedo, one nea rly a lway s hea rs ka sa n fi

kereda or ka sa na ikered a .

§ 6 1 . THE NE GAT IVE PART I C IPLE S . Kusa de, ka sa zu

ta bede, ta b ezu .

Page 75: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

68 THE VERB .

Sonna koz‘owo iwa zu to, Don ’ t ta lk like tha t , b ut givesuch thing not sayin g him the money .

ka ne woy a re .

money give

K a sa n z‘t de, ka sa na ide a re m uch u sed a s substitute s for

ka susu .

As sta ted a bove the New. Pa rticip le in zu m ay

ha ve the force of the Indefinite Form .

Exam p l e .

H ajim e wa goku shim bia At first he wa s an exce l len tb eginn ing very a dm ira b le

serva n t , b ut he gradua l ly gotd a tta g“: 0‘0‘ “ Ch?

stuck up a n d wou ld not pay thewa s gradua l ly in crea sin g

v v

slightest a tten tion tom y orders ,shite , u tsukeru kotowa sa koshi

and in a ddition he is consta n t lydoing order thin g a litt lemo kika zu , sono uy e

tryin g todeceive m e b y te l lingEven not hea r tha t over a nd lies.

“5 0 mo tsuite 0 1rd wo (K ika zu here takes Its tense from da a t

a bove fa lsehood te l ling m e the end of the sen tence and is thereforea za m uku koto ta bi ta bi d a .

to b e tra n sla ted a s if it were kikam‘i,deceive thing frequen t ly is .

the Neg . Presen t In dica tive .)

62 . HYPOTHE T I CAL FORM . Ka sa b a , ta teb a .

This form is gra dua l ly fa l ling out of use . It ough t toim p ly a hypothe sis or ba re su pposition , b ut in speakin g

it is most ly con fou nded with the Conditiona l Form in b a .

There a re howeve r som e Iocution s where it is stil l pre

fe rred tothe Condition a l .

Exam p l e .

Anohitowa iwa b a He is , sotoSpea k , a n uppertha t m a n ifon e say c la ss Socie ty b uffoon .

j6t6 sha kainotaiko-mochifirst c la ss socie ty b ufi

oon

de gozaim a sfi .

O ther exa m p le s of the Hypothetica l Form .

I chida na ra b a ,m edzura shiku Ifit were on ce , there would be

one tim e ‘I were curiousnothing ex traordin ary a bout it .

mo n ai.

even is not .

Page 76: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 69

Teppo mota b a , uchi-korosu If I had a gun , I would shootgun ifhad hit kil l him .

nodesfi.

is

0 ram n a ra b a konotegamiwo I f he is not a t hom e , b rin ga b sen t if is this le tter b a ck this le tter.

motte k ay ere.

ta king com e b a ck .

The term ina tion b a of this form is iden tica l with the

pa rtic le wa describ ed in C ha pter IX , b ut it is doubtfu l

whether ka sa b a m ay not s ta nd for ka sa n (the old future)wa or perha ps ka sa n m

a m. It wil l b e rem em b ered tha t

b a is wa with the nigori. See 4 .

63 . THE NE GAT IVE ADJE CT IVE . K a sa na z'

,ta b enai.

This form is conjuga ted a s a n Adj ective . It is m u ch

u sed in va riou s com bina tion s a s a substitute for the

nega tive form s of the verb . See Cha p . V I I .

64 . THE FUTURE . Ka so, ta b eyo

.

The form a tion of the Futu re pre sen ts som e diffi cu lty .

The w ritten la nguage form s the futu re of a ll verbs bya dding it (origina l ly m u

‘i‘) to the nega tive ba se , thu s ,

ka sa n , ta b en , dekin . In the spoken la nguage this 12 b e

com es it , which in the fi rst conj uga tion is con tra cted with

the pre ceding a in to thu s giving the form ka so. In

the sam e way ta b en a nd dekz’

n ough t to becom e ta byo

(e being con sidered equa l toi+a ), a’

ekiu ,a n d these form s

a re a ctu a l ly in use in som e dia lects , b ut the Tokiola ngua ge ,by a m ista ken a na logy ,

ha s a dopted the form s ta b eyo, dekiy é .

The fol lowing pra ctica l ru le for form ing the futu re m ay

b e found u sefu l .

Ru le —For the fi rst conj uga tion cha nge it of the P resent

Indica tive in to6 . For the second conj uga tion a dd yotothe stem .

I t m ay b e conjectured tha t m u con tain s the sam e root a s 1m m ,

‘tosee ,

’and tha t

the origina l m ea ningofka sa -m a or ka sa n wa s lend -seem .

Page 77: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

7 0 THE VERB .

It is convenien t to ca l l 130 5 6 the Future a nd ka su the

Pre sen t,b u t in pra c tice the distin ction b etween these form s

is les s often on e of tim e tha n th a t ka soexpresses a n

opinion or a prob a bility (a s‘wil l ’ som etim es doe s in

Eng lish) a nd [ mm a fa ct . Ka som ay b e tra n s la ted ‘he

prob a b ly lend s ,’ ‘I think he lend s ,

’ or ‘he proba b ly will lend’

;

ka su is a positive a s sertion , a nd m ay b e rendered a ccord

ing to circum sta nce s ‘he Ien ds ,’ or ‘he wil l lend .

’ I f a

J a pa n ese say s iiziOnichim a irz’

m a sho’

,it m u s t not b e though t

tha t he is prom ising faithfu l ly tocom e to-morrow . He h a s

on ly said‘I sh a l l most p rob a b ly com e to-morrow .

’ I f he

intend s togive a definite prom ise , he wil l say , m z'om'chi

m airim a sfi.

The se rem a rks a l so a pp ly to the Nega tive Futu re a nd

Presen t , ka sum ai,ka sa n fe.

Exam p l e s of the Fu tu re .

1 . As a Noun . This ten se is not m u ch u sed a s a noun .

I tte miy J ja n ai

h a vin g gon e sha l l see is not Sha l l we not goa nd see it ?

ka P

P

2 . AS a n Adj ective , ka so’

doe s not often occu r , the P resent

I ndica tive being u sed in stea d . Thu s for ‘the Ship which

wil l a rrive the day a fter to-morrow ’

we say a sa tte cha ku sum

(not sho‘

)fm ze . The re a re howeve r certain ph ra se s where

the fu ture is u sed b efore noun s .

N a ro koton a ra b a . Ifit ca n b e done .

wil l b ecom e thin g if it ISShiyo koto g a not . There is nothin g which ca n b e

wil l do thing is not don e .

Shiro’ ha dzu wa n ai. He ca n ’ t possib ly know .

Wil l know n ecessity is not

3 . As a Ve rb .

N a n ’

d a n? 5’ Wha t ca n it b e ?wha t Wil l b e

Page 78: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 7 1

Gode mohaj tm ej'oka Sha l l we b egin a gam e of go

Kay e"

; mo shiren 17 . He m ay com e for augh t I know.

Wil l com e even ca n ’ t know

Sono l1 17s u m ta da shi His conduc t m ay very like ly b eTha t con duc t correc t correc t b ut

ka r t"

; g a

Wil l b e b ut

Yfi bin haita ts t‘i m

'

n mo He m ade tos trike the postm a n .

post distrib u tion m a n

u to toskim.

Strike (fut .) did

Konrei nosa ka dzukiwo5 116 Just when they were a bout toweddin g W lne cup do

excha nge the m a rria ge win e -cup.

to in tokoro.

ca l led p la ce

N aga sa kiui hony a am ka 9

book shop

Arim a sho.

Goz a rim a sz’

im ai.

Ha toba ni k ayoi- b m ze goon?je t ty ferry boa t

ka ?

Arim a sa tom a . Tob e sure there a re .

Jll z'a

'

chi sono m am a wo I sha ll prob ab ly b uy tha t horseto-morrow horse to-morrow .

kaim a sho.Wil l b uyI tsu shuppa n shim a sholea When is She like ly tosailwhen sa ilin g wil l do

M ionichijiu niJ iuishuppa n She sails a t twelve o’c lock to

sum .

65 . THE PRE SENT IND I CAT IVE . Ka sa,ta b eru .

The Form which is now used as a Presen t I ndica tive had form erlyin the ca se of verb s of the Secon d Conjuga tion the force of a n Adjec tiveor Noun on ly , a differen t form b ein g in use for the I ndica tive Mood .

Ta b eru (or ta b um , a s it wa s then pronoun ced , a n d stil l is pronoun ced inthe cen tra l a n d western provin ces) cou ld on ly b e used b efore a noun , a s

ta b um kita ,‘the m an whoea ts , ’ or a s a noun itse l f in the sen se of

Are there any bookshops in

Na ga sa ki?

I b e lieve there are .

I am a fraid not.

Do you thin k there a re any

ferry boa ts a t the je tty ?

Page 79: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

7 2 THE VERB .

‘ea ting.

’ I t could not m ean‘he ea ts , ’ toexpress which there wa s a

distin c t form viz . ta b u . In the modern Spoken la ngua ge ta b u ha s fa l lenout of use a nd ta b uru (a l tered tota b eru in Tokio) a lon e is em p loyed forthe I ndica tive Mood a s we l l a s in its other ca pa cities a s a n Adjec tive orNoun . I suspec t tha t this cha nge ha d its origin in the ha b it which theJ a pa nese a re prone toof lea vm g their sen ten ces unfinished . Theyperha ps b ega n a sen ten ce b y sayin g konohitog a ta b eru wa this m a n

s

ea tin g —in ten din g toa dd words indica tin g tha t his ea ting is a fa c t , b utleavin g them u l tim a te ly un said. This b e com ing a gen era l pra c tice , kono11 710 g a ta b eru tea or konohitog a ta b eru cam e tom ea n this m an ea ts.

This exp la n a tion is confirm ed b y the fa c t tha t even in the moderncol loquia l we find such sen ten ces a s konokilog a ta beru wa (or wa e

, e

b eing a S light ly em pha tic partic le) here the m ea nin g is Sim p ly ‘thism a n ea ts.

’ I t is diffi cu l t tosee wha t b usin ess the m a has here , if som e

thin g ha s not b een om it ted .

In the Firs t Conjuga tion , the Presen t Indica tive a nd its Adjec tiveForm have a lways b een iden tica l , sotha t nocha n ge is a ppa ren t , b ut inthe Irregu la r Verb s am a n d n a ru , the In dica tives of which wereorigin a l ly a riand na ri, a nd in Adjec tives , a sim ilar a l tera tion ha s ta kenpla ce .

An in teresting consequen ce of this cha nge is tha t go, which in the

older la n gua ge w a s a possessive pa rtic le on ly , has in the moderncol loquia l b ecom e the Sign of the nom in a tive ca se . I f ta beru in the

sen ten ce konohitog a ta b eru no longer m ea n s‘ea tin g ’

b ut ‘ea ts , ’ itfol lows of n ecessity tha t g a m ust a lsocha nge its significa tion a nd tha tkonohitog a wil l m ea n not ‘this m a n

s ,’b ut this m a n .

Exam p l e s of the P re se n t I n dica tive .

I . As a Noun .

D am a tte oru g a i.

silen t rem aining 1 8 good

I ku ui chig ai n ai.

going m ista ke is not

I ku yori wa ika nai

goin g tha n not goinghr? g a yoroshi.side is good

Shinjiru to shinj m ai to A m an is a t liberty tob e lieve orb e lievin g not b e lieving

not tob e lieve .

wa hito no jzy a desii.

m a n liberty is

In doin g so.

You ha d b e t ter hold your

tongue .

There is nomista ke a bout hisgoing.

I t is b e t ter not togotha n to

go.

Page 80: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 73

Sore womim m’

. In looking a t it.tha t seeing

Rem em ber tha t m’

a fter the stern m eans in order to a s

Na niski m’ kita 9 Wha t have you com e todo?

wha t do tohave com e

Kasa wo ka ri m' I have com e to borrow a n

um b re l la borrowum b rel la .

m airim a shita .

have com e

2 . As a n Adjective .

Sa nkei sum hito The peop le whocome toworcom e -worship do m an

Ship are m a ny .

g a

are m any

Ta bem monog a n ai. I have got nothing toea t.ea t thing is not

Sosum him’

wa . On the day you dotha t . I f youso do day on dotha t.

Motoyori hikzloi ga ha ra I t is a m a tter of course when a

Of course liab llm es "Ct m an ca n ’ t pay his deb ts tha t hewa ren ai tokima tsuburem 1 20

shou ld sm a sh up .

ca n pay tim e sm a sh up

wa moehiron nokotodesa.

of course thing is

Mionichi yo-a ke m’

shut You m ust m a ke every thingto-morrow day b reak a t start~ quite ready soa s tostart a t day

ta tszi sum m'

cha n to b rea k tomorrow .

ing do m anner in perfec t lyshita k a woshina k a cha

prepara tion if not m akeikcnai.

does not do

3 . AS a Verb .

Da re lea soto de m a tsi. Som ebody is waiting outside.

som ebody outside waitsK a ga taisJ om . T here are a grea t m any m us

m usq uitom any a bideq uitoes.

Karmic/ii n ara (for nareb a ), I f today , it is in tim e.

to-dayma m

a n .

space m eets

Page 81: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

7 4 THE VERB .

Ya g a a rcba , . te : wota ta ku. I f I have anything for you tob usiness if is hands strike do, I wil l cla p m y ha nds. (Ob serve

tha t the presen t is used here , not

the future , there b eing nodoub t .)

yiu ri n a ra , Izuwa zu m’ I f it were ten ri, I could (or

ten lf lt were not ea ting would) goeven without ea ting,de ma iku ga , hiaku ridesii b ut as it is 1 00 ri

could (orevenwould) go

1 0 0 is

ka rab ecause

Komu’

chi o ta ku y e ag a ru I would go toyour house toto-day (hon .) house to80 “P day , b ut a s I have a b ad leg,

nodesfi, g a , a shiga ita m z’

m a shi( I am a fraid I sha l l not b e a b le

is leg b ein g paintogo)

te, ( ika rema sfim ai) .ful (sha l l not b e a b le togo)

66. THE NE GAT IVE I MPERAT IVE . Ka sun a, ta b era na .

Exam p l es .

I kuna Don ’ t goiShochisuruua Don ’ t consen t !Sore wota berim a Don ’ t ea t tha t.

67 . THE NE GAT IVE FUTURE . K a sum a z’

,ta b em a z

.

The termina tion m aiof this ten se,is a tta ched to the

Presen t Indica tive in the First, a nd tothe Nega tive Ba se

in the Second conj uga tion .

The Nega tive Adjective fol lowed by a ro, futu re of am ,

‘tob e ,’

is som etim es u sed for this form a s , shira na k’

a rd ,

‘he proba b ly does not know,

for shira na z’

. Shira n i‘t a

a ro,

shira na ida roha ve a l sothe sam e m ea ning .

For the true m ea ning of the Futu re see 64 .

Exam p l es ofNega tive Fu tu re .

Mia'

chi m ade n aorim a He won ’ t b e b e tter b y totomorrow til l recover morrow.

s t’

im ai.

wil l not

Page 83: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

76 THE VERB .

N a ni m’

shiro, wa rui koto Anyhow it is a b ad b usiness.wha t m a ke b ad thing

do.

it is

Shikka rishiro. Bear up ! (toa Sick person)firm ly do

steady !

O sok ’orohay ak’a re koin m

'

He wil l b e arrested sooner orb e it la te be it early a rrest la ter.

na rim a sh6.

Wil l b ecom e

69 . THE COND I T IONAL FORM . Ka seb a , ta b ereb a .

Properly speaking there is the sam e distin ction between

this form a nd the Hypothetica l Form ka seb a,ta beb a , tha t

the re is between the form s in ta reba a nd ta ra b a , i.e ., the

form er denotes a condition eith er rea lized , or looked upon

a s like ly tob e so, while the form s in a b a represent a m ere

hypothesis . But this distinction is a lmost whol ly neg lected

in pra ctice , a nd the form s in eb a a nd a b a a re u sed indis

crimin a tely . All the hypothetica l form s , however, seem to

b e gra dua l ly fa l ling out Of u se a nd a re not m uch em p loyed

except in pa rticu la r ph ra ses . A distin ction between these

form s is a lway s obse rved by correct writers .

Na reb a , the conditiona l Of na ru ‘tobe is n ea rly a lway s

contra cted in tona ra .

Exam p l es Of Conditiona l Form s .

Asi‘iko

, y e ikeb a , issho If I gothere , I sha l l have nothere to ifgo one life annoyance all my life'

koma ru kotona shi.

troub le thing is not

Wa rui koto sureba , wa rui I f you doevil , there is an evilb ad thing ifdo ‘

b adreward.

mukui ga am .

reward is

Moseba kay elte go I though t tha t if I were tote l lif tel l on the con trary (hon .) you, I should on the con trarykura woka keyotoomotta .

cause ou amuetanxiety hang though t y y

Page 84: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 7 7

Areb a u toamotte. Hoping (not a confiden t hope)if there are is good thin king there migh t b e som e .

Dorobotolea n a n’

tolea While he wou ld have b een

thief som ething justified in ca l ling him a thie f,iy eba yoi noui. h 0

if say is good whileor t e hke

7 0 . THE CON CE S S IVE FORM . K a sedo, ta b edo.

This Form is most ly superseded by the Present I ndica tive

fol lowed by keredoor, more ra re ly , by toiy edo. Both these

expres sion s m ay b e u sed with a ny ten se of the I ndica tive

Mood , thu s producing a series ofConcessive Ten ses . Theym ay a l sob e a dded toa dj ectives . K eredois the Conce s sive

Form Of keru , which is proba b ly the perfect ten se Ofkum’

tocom e ,

a nd iy eda , the Conces sive Form Of in ,

‘tosay

sotha t toiy edom ea n s litera l ly though on e say tha t .

Mo, even ,’

is frequent ly a dded toa llthe Concessive Form s .

Exam p l e s .

Tenki n a redo samm’

. Though fine , it is cold.

wea ther though it is is cold

Kusuri wo nomedo n a He wil l not recover, evenm edicine though drin k "Qt though he do(or does) ta ke m edi

a ra nui. cine.

recoversTonin wa say ) The m an him se l f m ay very

person m question thus like ly have said so, b ut I can

moshita de mo a rim a sho hardly b e lieve it.said even wil l b e

keredomo, sore wa domoa l though tha t som ehowchito shiiy

'

ira rem a scn i'i.

a litt le cannot b e lieve

Tadzunemashita keredomo, I inquired , but there was none .

inquired a l though

gozaim ascnfe.is not

Kite 10 Al though he has come .

having com e

though

Page 85: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

7 8 THE VERB .

I n St Baking J a pa ne se , the student Shou ld not u se the

COHCb fi lV C Form sta nding by itse l f or the Form with to

iy edo. They occu r SO se ldom tha t M r . Sa tow’

s K wa z'

wa

H en,I be lieve , does not contain a sing le exam p le Of them .

The Indica tive Mood (or Attribu tive form Of Adjectives)fol lowed by keredoor keredomois better, or he m ay use

the pa st pa rticip le fol lowed by mo or the

a dverbia l form of the a djective fol lowed by temo(osokzI temo).

DER IVAT IVE VERBS.

7 I . TRAN S I T IVE AND INTRAN S IT IVE VERB S.

I n Eng lish , there a re se ldom distinct word s or form s for

the t ra n sitive a nd in tra n sitive a pp lica tion s Of the sam e

verba l root . Thu s the word s ride, sink, b rea k, b end a nd

m a ny others a re either t ra n sitive or intra n sitive a ccording

to circum sta n ce s . I n su ch ca ses , the J a pa nese la nguage

ha s u sua l ly twodistinct verbs con taining the sam e root .

NO ru le ca n b e given for form ing t ra n sitive or intra n sitive

verbs, b ut som e of the more common mode s of doing SOa re exem p lified be low

Intra n sitive .

Ta tsu ( I st : tosta nd .

Susumu ( I st .toa dva nce .

Yam u ( I st . tocea se .

I ru ( I st toen ter.

Saga rn ( I sttocom e down .

Tra n sitive .

Ta teru (and. to

set up .

Susum eru (2 nd. toen cou ra ge .

Yumeru (zud . tocea se .

I rem (2 nd . to

put in .

Sagem tolet down .

Page 86: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 9

Wa ku ( I st . to Wa ka sn ( I st Conj to

boil . m ake boil .

Cliz'

ru ( I st to Chira sn ( I st . to

sca tter. sca tter .

Nern (2 nd . to N eka su ( I st . to

s leep . put tos leep .

Orira (2 nd: to Orosu ( I st . to

descend . lower .

Deru (2 nd . to D a su ( I st . toput

goout . out .

The Intra n sitive Verbs il lu stra ted in the fol lowing ex

am p les form a sepa ra te c la ss . They h a ve u sua l ly a potentia l

force , b ut m u st not be confounded with the pa s sive form s

Of the sam e verbs .

Kirera ( 2 md . to Kira ( I st . tocut .

b e discon tinuou s .

Ureru (2 md . to Urn ( I st . tose l l .

b e sa lea b le, tose l l .

Miy eru (2 nd . Miru (2 nd tosee .

tob e visib le , tob e a b le

tosee .

Kikoy era (zud . Ki/ m ( I st . to

tob e a udib le , tobe a b le h ea r .

tohea r .

I keru (2 nd . to 1 1 m ( I st togo.

b e a b le togo.

The Fren ch se confer, se vendre correspond pretty a c

cura tely tokirera ,a rera . The exam p le ikeru shows tha t

these verbs m ay be form ed from in tra n sitive a s we l l a s fromt ra n sitive verbs . I keru is fam ilia r tou s in the nega tive

a djective form ikena z’

,

‘it is nogo‘it won ’t do

Note th a t while the termina tion em m ay belong either tothe tra n sitive or tothe intra n sitive form , verbs ending in su

Page 87: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

80 THE VERB .

a re t ra n sitive on ly . Exception . Da su in com bina tion is

som etim e s in tra n sitive , a s , a nze ga furi-da shz‘ta ,‘it ha s

com e on torain tobi-da shz’

ta , he ru shed out’

I n the exam p les given b e low, we have pairs Of tra n sitive

ve rbs con taining the sam e root .

K a ra ( I st . to Ka su ( ist . tolend .

borrow.

Adzuka ru ( I st . Adzukeru (2 nd . Conj .) to

totake cha rge of. give in cha rge .

Kim (zud . to Kiseru ( 2 md . to

wea r. c lothe .

Mira ( 2 nd . to Misera (2 nd . to

see . show.

Exam p l e s Of T ran sitive and In tran sitive Ve rb s .

Yn g a waita lea Is the hot wa ter readyhot wa ter boiled

H e, im a wa ka shim a sz} de Yes, I am just ge tting it toboil .yes now m a ke boil

goza z’

m asii.

it is

H am ga ta tta . He got a ngry .

b e l ly arose

Umi-ta te notom ago. A new- laid egg.

lay se t up egg

Ta tena z’

. I cannot sta nd . I donot set up .

ca nnot stand

B J cha n woneka shite When you have put young m as(See Ch. XII .) having put ter tobed , you can gotoo.

ka ra , omoy e mo n ete

tob ed a fter you toohavingmo yoroslii.

gone tobed even is good

Betsada n him a ga torern There prob a b ly won’ t b e any

particula rly tim e can ta ke thing which wil l occupy a nyhodo nokotomoa rfm a si’im ai.

rea t tim e .

amoun t thing Wil l not beg

Page 88: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 8 1

Seken ye shirenai Before it b ecom es known toworld to not b ecom e known the world.

nehi125.

within

Kokoja ha na senai yo. We can’

t ta lk here .

here cannot ta l k (em ph .

part .)Hitori mo ka nnsera There is not a single fe l lowone m an even can ta lk worth ta l king to.

y a tsu wa n ai.

fe l low is not

Taiso 1 1 5 o kawa ri How very m uch changed youvery m uch (hon .) cha nge

a re ! enough tob e unrecogniza b len a sa tta no D a sha

"

nuke ui ifone m et you allof a sudden .

done a b rupt lya tta ra , mi-chig ay ern gurai

if m et see can m ista ke amoun t

do.

it is

7 2 . CAU SAT IVE V ERB s .

Ca u sa tive verbs a re form ed by a dding seru tothe Nega tiveBa seofverbs Of the fi rst conj uga tion , a s tsukura ‘tom ake

,

tsukura sern tocau se tom ake . ’ I n verbs of the second con

j uga tion sa seru is a dded tothe stem ,a s ta b eru ‘toea t ,

ta b esa seru ‘toca u se toea t . ’

The ca usa tive s Of the irregu la r verbs lea rn a nd sum a re

kosa seru a nd sa sern .

All ca u sa tive verbs be long tothe secon d conj uga tion .

Instea d Of the ca u sa tive verbs , su ch ph ra se s a s iku yonisuru ,

‘gO

-m a nner-m ake’

i.e .

‘tom ake him togO ,

a re m u ch

u sed .

The tra n sitive verbs in see ( I st . conj .) a nd the ca u sa tives

in seru a re con sta nt ly confounded , the sam e person

saying for exam p le a t one tim e kika shite a nd a t a nother

kika sete.

Page 89: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

82 THE VERB .

Exam p l es Of Ca u sa tive Ve rb s .

Taiken ni odreadful ly (honorific)

ma ta se mashita .

m ade towait (respec tful)Mima uim ame wokuwa setahorse beans m ade ea t

lea ?

Mo ichz'do kika sete

more on ce having m ade hear

give

K ano ko nikega wosa setethis child wound cause

sum a na z’

.

not finish

yin ui shichi hachiwa

ten seven eigh tshJ chi ita sa seru kokorodea greem en t cause heart

goza rima sii.

is

Fnsokn na ra , mottoinsufficien t if is more

tora sey J .

wil l m a ke take

Hon tJ no c laim sa n ui

rea lity motherawa sete kuda sa tta .

having m ade m eet he gave

A. ill usume ui m uko wodaughter to husb and

tora sete ra kn wohaving m ade ta ke ease

stir? to in wa ke de mawil l m a ke ca l led reason

n ai. B . Wa ta kiishiwa dois not I how

shite mohaving done eventora sena z

.

donot m ake ta ke

I have kep t you waiting a n

awful tim e .

Did you give the horse his

b eans ?

P lease let me hearonce more.

I t won ’ t dotocause any hurt tothis child.

I'have an idea tha t it is sevenor eigh t chances out of ten tha t Isha l l m a ke him con sen t.

I f it is not enough , I wil l give

you more .

He was kind enough tocauseher tom ee t her rea l mother.

A. My rea son for giving m y

daugh ter a husb and is not tha t Iin tend toenjoy m y ea se. B . Iwil l not allow her tota ke ( a husb and) on any a ccoun t .

Page 91: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

84

H aclujiu y en to in

eighty ca l led

taikin mo tora reta .

la rge money wa s ta ken

Ka ne wo tora rcyoa bou t tob e

nemo y ta kento shita .

m ade

Om ay a no0 kage de

you shadow’

b y

kinsa wo tora renai.mon ey not ta ken

Illorawa re y a ita shi-m a senii.

can a ccep t do not

yissai b a ka ri nootokonoten year amoun t m a le

[to ni te wo hika rete.

child hand being led

Shohez’ no,tam e ni kawa nob y river

fnkai tokoro ni ke

deep p la ce kickotosa reta .

knocked down

A. Sukka ri g a knmon mowhol ly learning

mi-kagitte shim a tta .

see -having limited finished

B. H a te ! nm a kn

we l l ! swee tlyittern ze

say rem ain (em ph . part.)g akumon uimi-kagira reta nolearning b y see-limitedd’a rb

‘.

wil l b e

I nn ui te wo kam a reta .

dog hand was bitten

THE VERB .

He had ta ken from him the

large sum of eighty y en .

I was nea rly losing my money .

Thanks toyou I was not rob b edOf my money .

I ca n ’ t a ccep t it.

L ed b y the han d b y a boy of

about ten years Old .

B . We l l tob e sure ! tha t is agoodone. I think it was a ca seof learning having bid adieu to

you.

He got hiS‘

O

ha nd b itten by a

dog. He was bitten on the hand

by a dog.

He was kicked down b y Shoheiin toa deep pa rtof the river. (Notame nifon a ccoun t O f ’ is a lsoused for ‘b y

’ with the pa ssivevoice , b ut it is stiffer a nd leSS

common).

A. I b id adieu tolearning com

pletely .

Page 92: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB . 85

In the termina tion s OfTra n sitive , I ntra n sitive , Ca u sa tive

a nd Pa ssive Verbs , it is ea sy todistinguish the verbs sum

‘todo,’

am ‘to b e ’

a nd em ‘toget .’

The term ina tion

a rera Of Pa s sive Verb s is nothing more tha n a m ‘tob e ’

a nd em ‘toget ,’

the litera l m ea ning Of mira rern ,

‘to b e

seen ,’ being ‘get -b e-see .

It is ea sy tosee why the sam e

form m ay a l sohave a poten tia l significa tion .

8 7 4 . OTHER DER IVAT IVE VERB S .

Verbs a re form ed from noun s by a dding va riou s te rmination s a s

Ya a’orn , tolodge , from y a do, a lodging .

Tsnka rizn , togra sp , from tsnka , a hilt .

Tsa naga , totie , from tsuna , a rope .

Uta n , tosing , from n ta , Song , poetry .

7 5 . M a ny Chinese a n d other uninfl ected word s (which

a re rea l ly noun s) do duty a s ve rbs with the he lp of the

J a pa nese verb sum ‘todo.

’ I n most ca ses Of this kind

sn rn rem ain s a distin ct word , a s shimpai sum ‘to b ea nxious ,

haisnrn toa bolish ,’

riokosn rn‘

totraV el,’

etc.

But with som e word s sum in this position suffers a con

sidera b le cha nge . The s takes the nigorz'

, a nd becom es j ,while the conjuga tion is a s simila ted totha t Of verbs Of the

secon d conj uga tion whose stem end s in i. Thu s kin ,a

Chinese word which m ea n s ‘prohibition ,’ form s with sn rn

a verb kinjirn which is not conj uga ted like snrn b ut like

dekirn .

7 6. Deriva tive verbs a re form ed from a dj ectives bya dding m u to the stem . These verbs a re intra n sitive ,The corresponding tra nsitive verbs add nzera to the

stem .

Page 93: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

86 THE VERB .

Exam p l e s .

Ta kam u, to b ecome high , ta kameru, to m a ke high , fromta ka z

, high.

Hirawa , tob ecom e wide , hiromeru, tospread ab road, fromhiroi, Wide .

Fuj i" no chii too I thin k of raising the positionwom a n position of women.

ta kameyo toomon .

m a ke high think

7 7 . The schem e s Of conj uga tion given on pp . 44 to49a re in tended toShow the form a tion Of the sim p le mood s

a nd ten se s Of the verb , b ut there a re m a ny com poun d ex

p res sion s in u se a s their equiva lents . These a re so

num erou s tha t it is im pos sib le togive them a ll, b ut the

fol lowing ta b les , which com prise a se lection Of the more

common , m ay be u sefu l . The Auxilia ry Verbs u sed in

these com bina tion s a re t rea ted Of in Cha pter V I I I .

It m u st not b e suppose d tha t the form s a rra nged u nde r

the sam e hea ding a re u sed a ltogether indiscrim ina te ly .

There a re distin ction s between them , som e Of which a re

pointed out in these pages a nd others wil l be lea rn t byp ra ctice .

Page 94: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB .

CONJUGAT ION i.

K a sn , tolend.

IND ICAT IVE MOOD.

Tense Positive

Ka shz'ta

Ka shi’ ta nodesfe

K a shinzashita

Perfec t or Con ~ Ka shitoc mor irntinua tive“ K a shite z

'

m a sz’

i

Future

Prob ab le Pa st. Ka shita ro

Ka shita nodeshJ

Ka shim a shita rJ

See be low, 5 1 00 .

Nega tive

Ka sa ni

K a sa nai

K a sa nainodesii

K a sa nainoda

Ka shim a sen 17.

Ka sa na nda

Ka shita node n aiK a sa na ka tta nodesfe

Ka sa nainodeshitaKa shz

'

ma sena nda

K a shim a sen iz d’a tta

K a shtteora n a or {nai

K a slztte im a sen ii

K a snm ai

Ka sa nnid ’a ro

K a sa nainodesha

K a shz'ma sit

'mai

Ka sa na nda roK a sa na ka tta rJ

Ka sa na ka tta nodeshJ

Ka shim a sena nda ro

Page 95: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

88

Tense

Presen t

Tense

Presen t

Perfec t or Continua tive

Future

THE VERB .

COND IT IONAL MOOD.

Positive Nega tive

Ka shita ra K a sa na nda ra

K a sa n a ka tta ra

K a shz'

ta na ra Ka sa na nda na ra

Ka sa naka tta na ra

Ka shinza shita ra Ka shiriza sena nda ra

K a shz'te z

'

rn n a ra Koshite in ain a ra .

CONCESS IVE MOOD .

Positive Nega tive

K a sedo

K a sn keredo

K am toiy edoKa sh?te moK a shima s a kcredo

KashttorodoKa shita kereda

Ka shitemoKa shzm a shita kcredo

Ka shiteorn keredo

Ka sa ni tomoKosozu tom a

K a sa neb a

K a sa n iz kerebaK a sa zub a

K a lliZ toK a sa n aitoK a sa n zZ n a ra

K a sa n z’

itokim aK a sa na kn te m a

K a shz'

m a sen z‘i to

K a sa nea’o

K a sa n a keredoKa sa niikeredaKa sa naikeredoK a sa n zi toiy edK a sa n fi. de m a

Kashim a sen iikeredo

K a sa na nd a redoKa sa n a nda kerea’oK a sa na ka tta IteredoK a sa nakiite moK a shirna sena nda keredo

K a shite z’ naiIteredo

Page 96: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE VERB .

Nega tive

Ka se K a snna

0 ka shin a sa re O ka shin a sa rim a

K ashite knre K ashite knrernna

Kashina Ka shin a sa nna

Nega tive

K a shite

K a shz'

m a shite

ALTERNAT IVE FORM .

Positive Kashtta ri Nega tive Kasana nda ri.

DES IDERAT IVE ADJECT IVE .

Positive K a shz'

tai Nega tive Ka shita ku nai.

VERB.

Positive K a sa sern ; Nega tive K a sa seni’

i.

PASS IVE OR POTENT IAL VERB.

Positive Ka sa rern Nega tive Ka sa ren fi.

POTENT IAL VERB .

Positive Ka seru Nega tive Ka senit'.

Page 97: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

90

Presen t

Perfec t or Con ~

tinua tive‘

Future

Tense

THE VERB .

CONJUGAT ION II .

Ta beru toea t.

IND ICAT IVE MOOD .

Positive

Ta bern

Ta bern nodesfi

Ta bern noda

Ta bem a sa

Ta beta

Ta beta nodesa

Ta bema sklta

Ta beteorn

Ta befe irnTa betc im a sx

‘i

Ta beyoTa beru d

a roTa bera nodesko

Ta benfi

Ta ben aiTa benainodesi

'i

Ta benainoda

Ta bem a senii

Ta bete ora nii

Ta b ete inai

Ta bete ima senit'

Ta bcm ai

Ta be naid’

a rJ

Ta benainodeshoTa bem a shJ Ta bem a sz

im ai

Prob ab le Pa st Ta beta ro Ta bena nda roTa bena ka tta ra

Ta beta nodeshJ Ta bena ka tta nodeshJ

Ta bem a shtta ro Ta bem asena nd’

a rJ

See be low, 5 too.

Ta bena ndaTa bena ka tta

Ta b eta nodonai

Ta ben aka tta nodesi

Ta ben ainodashitu

Ta bem a sena nda

Ta bema sem‘zd

a tta

Page 99: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

9 2 THE VERB .

IMPERATIV E MOOD.

Positive N ega tive

Ta bero Ta bernna .

O ta be‘na sa re O ta be“ ua sa ra na .

Ta bete okure Ta bete knrernn a .

Ta be na Ta be na sa nna .

PART IC IPLE.

Positive Nega tive

Ta bete

Ta bernashite

0 ta be na sa re, ota b e na sa rnna are not used ; 0 aga rina sa re, o

ua sa ra na a re used instead. They a re Sim p ly given toShow the

form in other verb s Of this conjuga tion .

ALTERNAT IVE FORM .

Positive Ta beta ri Nega tive Ta bena nda ri.

DES IDERAT IVE ADJECT IVE .

Positive Ta betai Nega tive Ta beta /en nai.

CAUSAT IVE VERB.

Positive Ta besa seru Nega tive Ta besa senii.

PASS IVE’

OR POTENT IAL VERB.

Positive Ta bera rern Nega tive Ta bera rem’

t’

.

POTENT IAL VERB.

Wan ting.

Page 100: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER V I I .

THE ADJECT IVE .

The Adjective is conj uga ted a s fol lows

H IROI W IDE

S tem Hiro Wide

Predica te , Adve rbor IndefiniteForm Wide ; wide ly

b eing wideif wideeven though wide

if it Should b e wideis not widewa s widewil l b e wide

Attribu tiveVe rba l Hiroi Wide (before a

noun) ; is wide

I f it b e wide

Though it is or b ewide

Abstra ct Noun Hirosa Width

A com parison of this conjuga tion with the conjuga tion Of verb s wil lShow tha t they are essen tia l ly iden tica l . The stern of the verb cor

responds tothe stem of the adjec tive , and the I ndefinite Form tothe

Adverbia l Form . The Nega tive Ba se is not in use in the case of theAdjec tive , for Nega tive Form s or for the Future , b ut the Hypothetica l Form is hirokn b a where the Adverbia l Form stands for the Neg.

Base . The Presen t Indica tive of the Verb corresponds tothe Verb a lForm of the Adjec tive , and the Condition al ,

and Con cessive Form s

con tain a Condition a l Base viz . hirokere.

Hirokn or hirokirok a te

hirokn te wa

hirokn te mo

hirokn b a

or

hirokum b a

lzirokn nai

hirok’a tta

hirok’a ro

Page 101: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE ADJECT IVE .

8 1 . THE STEM . Hiro.

The Stem is u sed in forming com pounds .

Thu s from n aga the stem Of nagai,‘long ,

a nd sa ki,‘a

ca pe,

is derived Naga sa ki(the litera l significa tion Ofwhich

is ‘long ca pe from yothe stem Ofyoz'

, good ,’

a nd sugi’

ra,

‘toexceed ,’

we ha ve the com pound yosngirn ,

‘tob e toogood ’

; nsngnroi‘da rk-coloured ,

is form ed from n sn stem

ofnsnz’

,

‘thin ,’

a nd knroi, b la ck .

H a dznka shi-sona kawode. With a sham efa ced expressionshameful appearance fa ce With of coun tenan ce .

Tega ru -s6 ui in kereda . Though he ta l ks in an offhandhand ligh t

'

say a l though m anner.

fil edzura shi-soni mite am . He is looking a t it as if it werecurious looking is

a curious thing.

The stem occa siona l ly sta nds by itse l f a s a noun , a s in

the ph ra se m a kka ra nina tta ,‘it ha s becom e quite b la ck .

8 2 . THE PREDICA’

I‘E , ADVERB OR INDE FIN ITE FORM .

Hiroku or b ird .

By a dding kn tothe stem we get the predica te , or form

u sed where the verb ‘tob e ’ com es between the a djective

a nd the noun . The sam e form is a l sou sed a s a n a dverb .*

The contra cted fOim hire is Obtained by dropping the

k of kiroka a nd joining intoon e sy l la b le the la st vowe l

of the stem a nd the n Of the termina tion.I n this way ,

kiroka becom es fi rst hiroz‘ia nd then hiro

; kay a kn becom es

s uccessive ly hay an'

a nd hayo; skigekn ,

‘den se,’ loses fi rst

its k a nd becom e s shigen , which is then con tra cted in to

skigyo; fnrnkn becom es furzZ . Adjectives whose a dverbia lform end s in ikn lose '

the k b ut suffer nofu rther cha nge .

Thu s y a ka nza shikn ,

‘noisy ,’

is contra cted intoy a kam a

shin .

As in G erm an .

Page 103: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

96 THE ADJE CT IVE .

Exam p l es.

Kumoknrokn , a ine hidoi. The c louds are b la ck and the

c louds b lack rain violen train is violen t .

Kamino ke ga kurokn , me A wom an with b lac k hair and

head hair b la ck eyes b lue eyes.

ga awoi onna .

b lue wom an

Utsukushiku chisuikodomo. A pre tty little child.

pre tty litt le child

Oy a mona ku kiodai He is a person whohas neitherparen ts “Ot b rothersor paren ts nor b rothers or sisters.

mo nai to in

Sisters even not ca l ledmono ( 10 .

person is

Dete kita noma sono The person who cam e forthhaving com eout tha t was a pparen t ly the woodcut ter’ssoma no71 1 0 5 0 tom iy ete, wife . She wa s twen ty seven orwoodcutter’s Wife seem in g

twen ty eigh t years of age , Withtoshggorowa n ij m shzchz hack;

fair com p lexion and a Straigh tage twen ty seven eigh t

de, iro shz'

rokn , ha na sujinose , and was a sty le of wom an

com p lexion white nose line not often found in moun tain huts.

tari, y amaga nima

wa s thorough moun tain hutsm a re na onna de gozaimasi.

rare wom an is

The la st sentence s hows tha t in this con stru ction the

a dverbia l form s of a djectives (shiroka ) a nd the stem s of

verbs (him) a re given the sam e synta ctica l va lue . In

ordina ry conversa tion som e other construction is genera l lypreferred .

§ 83 . Adverb with te. Hirokn te.

Te in this com bina tion m ay be ta ken a s the equiva lent

of a tte, ‘being .

Exam p l es .

Kura kiz te m z

'

y ema senzi. I t is sodark I cannot see.

dark b eing ca n not see

Page 104: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE ADJE CT IVE .‘

97

Sa rnnkiz te tama rima senn. I t is socold I cannot endure

cold not endure

I soga shika te tsni go I have b een SO b usy tha t Ib usy ca sua l ly (hon .) have som ehow or a nother not

b nsa ta woita skznza shita . com e tosee you.

not givm g news did

Shiroki't te yoroshi. I ts b eing white is an advan t

b eing white is good age .

A tsnkz’

i te kiroi. I t is thick a nd wide .

§ 84 . Adverb with te wa . Hirokn te wa , common lycontra cted intoIzirokficha .

This form is a sort Of Conditiona l Mood . It is in verycommon use , especia l ly with the Adverbia l Form Of the

Nega tive Adjective .

Exam p l es .

H a tsaka yori osokn te tea I Sha l l b e in convenien ced if it2 0 th than la te is la ter tha n the twen tie th .

kom a rn .

am in convenien ced

Usnkiieka ikenai. I t won ’ t do for it to b e toothin does not do thin .

N a kz‘ieka na ra n a . I m ust have it.

ifnot does not b ecom e

Sngn ui kawa na kficha Som e must b e bough t a t once.

a t On ce not b uyingn a rz

m a senii.

does not do

84 . Adverb with te mo. Hirokz’

i te mo.

This is a Con cessive Form . It be longs tonopa rticu la r

ten se .

Donna ni kita na kfi, te mo I don ’ t care how dirty it is.

how m uch dirtykam awa nai.

don ’ t ca re

A buna ki te mo kam an Whocares even if it is danda ngerous b eing even care gerons ?

mono ka ?

person

Page 105: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

98 THE ADJECT IV E .

Usukii te mo da zjob u desii. I t is quite sa fe , though it isthin sa fe is thin .

85 . Adverb with b a . Hirokub a or hirokum b a .

B a with the Adverb corresponds tothe Hypothetica l

Form Of the Verb , a nd like it is not m uch u sed .

§ 86. The Nega tive Of Adjectives is form ed with the

he lp Of the Nega tive Adjectives n ai‘is not,’

a nd the pa sta nd futu re b y a dding the pa st a nd future ofon e‘tob e ,

tothe Adverbia l form .

Exam p l es.

Omoshirok ’ a tta . I t was amusing.

M 6 osok ’ a ro. I t m ust be la te.

a lready la te wil l be

Aka kn n ainoma ira nai. I don ’ t wan t any tha t are

red not don ’ t wa n t not red .

87 . THE ATTR IBUT IVE FORM . Hirai.

This form m ay be Obtained by a dding itothe root . It is

rea l ly , however, a contra ction for a n older form in ki, the k

being om itted .

This form is u sed when the a djective imm edia tely p re

cedes the noun .

Exam p l es of Att rib u tive Form .

A good m an .

A b a d wom an .

Thick pa per.

A pa le fa ce.

How cold it is ! (lit. the cold

Fukaitokiwa fnne de wa ta ru. I f it is deep , I Sha l l cross indeep tim e boa t cross

a boa t .

The O lder form is not quite Ob solete . I t is re tained for exam p le inthe proverb ton na kisa tonokarnori, ‘the b a t of No-b ird - town ,

’a nd in

the termin a tion beki.

Page 107: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 0 0 TH E ADJ E CT IVE .

Nag aimijikaimo iwa zu ui Ta ke receip t of the money'with~

long short not-saying out m a king any fuss a bout it .ka ne wouketore.

money receive

0 kay erin asa tta In? ga y aroshi I think you had b et ter goaway.

re turn did side gooddeshfi .

wil l b e

88 . THE VERBAL FORM . Hiroi.

The sam e form is u sed for the a djective com bined with

the substa ntive verb a s for the a ttribu tive form . The O lde r

a nd book la ngu age ha s a specia l form for this , viz . hiroshi,produced by a dding skitothe stem .

Exam p l es Of the Ve rb a l Form .

Am a rim utsuka shi. I t is toodifficul t .too is difficul t

K awa g a a saika ra da gob u do. I t is quite sa fe b ecause the

river sha l low sa fe river is Sha l low .

Tenkiwa y aroshi. The wea ther is good.

Mugiwo m aite, kome no I f we sow Whea t , we n everWhea t h avm g SOW“ “CC have a crop Of rice , a nd if we

dekita kotomona ku ; m am e ze'osow b eans we never have a crop

b e com e b ean sof hem

m a tte, a sa nohay eta kotomop

hem p grown thing a lsonai.

is not

Wa ruitowa iwa nai. I don ’ t say tha t it is b ad.

Osoitoikenai. I t won t dotob e la te.

§ 89 . THE COND IT IONAL FORM . Hirokereb a .

Kereba is often p ronoun ced kerey a or keria .

In som e phra ses the old form is stil l in use , a s shab u urshi‘thereis novic tory-defea t , ’ ‘neither side has won kidzukaina slii,

‘there isnocause for a larm yoshi, yoshi, lit .

‘is good , is good, ’ all right—nevermind I

Page 108: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE ADJE CT IVE . I O I

Exam p l e s .

M ioniehi tenkiga yoroslzi I wil l com e to-morrow, if the

tomorrow wea ther if wea ther is good.kereb a

, m airim a su.

good com e

H ita ride n -nikukereb a , wa ta I f you find a difficul ty in te l la lone ifsay diffi cu l t 1 ing it a ll by yourse lf, I wil l go

kz’

ishiwa goissho ui ikiin a sho. with you.

a long with Wil l go

Mickinon uka ri go As the m ud of the road wa sroad m ud

som e thing awful.ha na ha da shikereba .

sin ce ex trem e

M zOnichi tsugo g a wa I f tomorrow is not convenien t ,tomorrow convenien ce if I wil l com e the day a fter.

rukereb a ,a sa tte ki

b a d day a fter tomorrow Wil lm a s/16.

com e

O ther Conditiona l expres sion s a re kiroi tokima , kiroka

(or hiro’

) goza rim a sureb a ,kiroito, kiroin a ra a nd kiroka te

m a . These h a ve nea rly the sam e m ea ning a s hirokereb a

a nd a re more com mon .

§ 9O . THE CON CE S S IVE FORM . Hirokeredo.

Hiroikeredoor kiroka te moa re genera l ly preferred tohirokeredo.

Exam p l e .

Wa rukeredo, (b e tter wa ruike Though b ad , it can ’ t b e helped.

redoor wa ruka te mo) shika tag a n ai.

§ 9 I . THE AB STRA CT NOUN . Hirosa .

See 1 2 .

DER IVAT IVE ADjECTIV ES .

92 . A num ber Of Deriva tive Adjective s a re form ed fromnoun s b y a dding ra shi, a termin a tion which corre spond s

to the Eng lish ‘ish ’ or ‘ly .

’ Exam p les . Kodomora shi,‘childish ,

b a ka ra ski,‘foolish .

Page 109: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 0 2 THE ADJE CT IVE .

§ 93 . DE S IDERAT IVE ADJ E CT IVE S.

Adj ec tives m ay b e form ed from verbs by a dding tothe

s tem the termin a tion ta iwhich m ea n s ‘desirou s or desira b le .

The form s thu s Obtained a re u sed where we Shou ldem p loy such verbs a s wish or‘wa nt . ’

Exam p l e s .

Moraitai mono. A thing I should like toget areceive like thing presen t Of.

I kitai. I wan t togo.

Kaitaior k aitogozaima sz‘i. I wan t tob uy .

0 ha naskiwo(or go) shitai I have b een wan ting to ta lkta l k wish todo toyou.

toonzotte im a sii.

thin king rem ain

The Desidera tive Adjective m ay take either ga or zoob efore it , a s shown in the la st exam p le .

§ 94. NE GAT I VE ADJE CT IVE S.

An im porta n t c la s s Of a djectives is tha t which is form ed

from verbs b y a dding tothe n ega tive ba se the nega tive

a dje c tive n ai, not .

They a re form ed from a ll verbs , with a ve ry few excep

tion s , a nd a re consta ntly u sed to rep la ce the nega tive

form s of the verb p roper.

The Predica te a nd Adverb Of these a dj ective s is se ldomcontra cted , a nd the Abstra ct Noun is not in u se .

Exam p l es .

Wa ka ra nai. I don ’ t understand.

it is unin te l ligib le

Ukcawa n ai. I don ’ t guaran tee it .

Skira naihito. A m an I don ’ t know.

Ya ka n a kfi te moyaroshi. You need not roast it.not roa sting even is good

Page 111: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 04 THE ADJE CT IVE .

however , beki, b eku rem ain in use , a s kosub eki Iza dzu do,lit thu s ought todoneces sity is ,

i.e . this is how it ought

tob e done , na rub eku , a s fa r a s pos sib le ,’

na rub eku wa ,

‘ifpossib le .

’ With verbs of the First Conj uga tion b ekia ccom

pa nics the Presen t I ndica tive , with verbs of the Secon dConjuga tion , the stem , b ut in the la tter ca se there is som e

confusion a nd the pra ctice of the written la nguage is som e

tim es fol lowed .

On the whole , the student m ay be recomm ended not to

t roub le him se lf a bou t beki.

§ 96. OTHER DER IVAT IVE ADJE CT IVE S .

Ka tai‘ha rd ,’

ya sui‘ea sy ,

nikui‘difficult ,’ ‘h a tefu l ,

a re a l so a dded to the stem s of verbs toform deriva tive

a dj ectives .

Exam p l e s .

Ari-ga tai. I t is diffi cul t tob e . (a phraseused tom ean

Ii-nikui. Difficul t tosay .

Mi-nikui. H a teful tolook a t ugly .

Kawa re-y a sui. Easy tob rea k , fragile.

Other exam p les of deriva tive a djectives form ed from verbs

a re isoga shi,‘bu sy ,

’ from isoga ,

‘tobe in a hurry’

;oso

roshi, drea dfu l , from osoreru , tofea r.

§ 97 . Uninflected word s u sed a s Adjectives .

There a re a num be r of noun s which doduty a s a djec

tives, a nd a re Often con sidered a s such . Like other noun s ,they a re properly speaking Uninflected , b ut with the aid

Of ce rtain pa rtic les , a conj uga tion m ay be m a de Out for

them corre sponding to the conj uga tion Of the a djective

proper, a s fol lows

Page 112: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

THE'ADJECT IVE .

'

1 0 5

S tem

Predica te

Adverb

Attributive

Verba l Form

Conditiona l

Concessive

Abstra ct noun

Exam p l es .

Rippa na monoia n aika P Is it not grand ?

Ma kotouiorippa de gozai I t is rea l ly Sp lendid.

tru lym a s iz.

Hiwa a kiraka ui tern . The sun Shines b righ tly.

sun b right ly Shines

Kinodoku no no wa M ari The one whois tob e pitiedsorry is Mr. Mori.

Sa n 'da .

Bim boui n a tte iru ka ra Now tha t I have b ecome poor,poor b e com e b ecause I m ust practise economy .

keny a ku shina kiicka n a ri

econom y if—not-do does

m a senii.

not b ecom e

Are wa ga nko na He is one of the old schoolhe ob stina te prejudiced

an Old fossil.y a tsu desz

‘z.

fe l low

Tothis c la s s Ofword s be long rippa gra nd,

’ sp lendid

bim bo, ‘poor ka nemocki, ‘rich ;’

kirei,‘c lea n ,

’ ‘pretty ,’

a n d a m u ltitude ofwords of Chinese deriva tion .

Som e a djectives proper use the term ina tion noa dded tothe root a s we l l a s the regu la r a ttribu tive form . Thu s we

m ay say either chisuior chisa na ,‘sm a l l (Skior Okina ,

Akira ka , Brigt

Akira ka brigh t .

Akira ka d’

e bright .

Akira ka ui bright ly .

A kira ka n a brigh t (before a noun).

A kira ka n’

a is b righ t .

Akira ka n a reb'

a if bright .

Akira ka n a redo though bright .

Akira ka n a kotobrigh tnes s .

Page 113: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 0 6 THE ADJ ECT IVE .

b ig ; okoshior aka shina , ‘ridicu lou s .’ English a dj ectives

m u st Often be tra n s la ted in J a pa nese by other pa rt s ofspeech . Sing le ’

for exam p le is kitoy e no, a noun with thepossessive pa rtic le no;‘J a pa nese

is Nippon no, lit . ‘OfJapa n ;’

‘fa t ’ is futotta ,the pa st ten se Of a verb fzitoru

‘togetfa t ;

’ ‘exp licit ’

is ka kkiri shita , a n a dverb fol lowed b y the

pa st ten se ofsum todo.

98 . DEGREE S OF COMPAR ISON .—The J a pa nese adjec

tive ha s nodegree sof com pa rison . The idea Of com pa ri

son is expressed in the fol lowing m a nne r —‘the wea theris finer today tha n yesterday is in J a pa nese , sa kujitsz

‘zyori

konnichi ma tenki ga yoroshi. This is litera l ly ,‘tha n

yesterday today the wea ther is good .

Exam p l es .

Wa ta kiishi yori a na ta 0 You are younger tha n I .I tha n you

wa kJ gozaima su.

young a re

I n s enten ces like this , the form er pa rt is Often omitted if

the m ea ning is c lea r without it , a s a na ta ma owa kogoza rim a sz

‘z,

‘you a re the younger ,

’ or a na ta nohe ga 0 wa ke

goza rz’

m a sz‘z, lit . you r side is young .

Sore m a n awoyoroskiu goza Tha t is stil l b e t ter.

tha t stil l good is

rim a sz‘i.

Mijikai hodo wa , yoroshi. The shorter the b etter.

Short amoun t is good

Ane hodoJ kiku wa nai. She is not sota l l a s her e ldere lder Sister big is not sister.

Omoi no hoka ka tai. I t is harder tha n I though t .though t ou tside ofis ha rd

I nstea d of a Superla tive Degree qua lifying a dverbs a re

u sed or the m ea ning is indica ted by the context .

Page 115: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER V I I I .

A U X I L I A R Y W O R D S .

99 . Am ,

‘tob e ,’

I st . conj uga tion . With the present

indica tive fol lowed b y the pa rtic le de a nd the verb a rn , to

b e ,’

a re form ed a num be r of com poun d ten ses which a re

in ve ry common use . The present indica tive is in this con

struction a noun a nd de the sign of the p redica te . D e a m

is u sua l ly con tra cted intoda , de a roin tod ’

a ro’

, etc .

Exam p l e s .

I tsu iku d’

a ro2 When is he likely togowhen go wil l b e

Kore b a ka ridc ta ra nu This a lone won ’ t b e enough .

this a lone not sufficed

a ro.wil l be

Konii d’

a tta . He did not com e .

not come wa s

Yoroshiu a rim aseniid’

a tta . I t was not good .

good is not was

The la st senten ces show th a t the nega tive in this con

struction goes with the p rincipa l verb .

A simila r construction is in u se with a dj ectives .

Exam p l es .

Ka tai do. I t is hard.

A ta rashide a rim asenii. I t is not new.

The pa rtic le noOften com es between the verbor a djective

and da , d’

a ro, d ’

a tta etc.

Page 116: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

AUXIL IARY WORDS . 1 09

Exam p l e s .

Konainod ’

a rJ . He is prob a b ly not coming .

I tsa iku nod ’a ro? When is he going ?

Mo cha kn skzma shita no He has prob a b ly arrived b y thisa lready arriva l did tim e .

d’a ro.wil l b e

When the‘verb a ru preceded by de, the Sign of the pre

dica te , is fol lowed by the polite term ina tion m a sn, a stil l

further con tra ction takes p la ce , which is con sta n t ly u sed

in fam ilia r conversa tion . D e a rinza sz‘z is cont ra cted in to

dem a su, a nd then in todesu, de a rim a shoin todem a sho‘

a nd

then intodesl ,de a rim a shz

ta intodeshita etc .

The shorter a nd more con tra cted the phra se , the less

polite it becom es . D esn is very m uch more familia r a nd

les s respectfu l tha n de goza rim a sn.

Exam p l e s .

Sodesu. I t is so.

D6 desiz ka .

’ How is it ?

Goza ru a nd goza rim a su (in the Tokiodia lect common lypronounced gozaim a su), the polite substitu tes for a ru , m ay

b e u sed in the sam e way . Goza ra is not Often hea rd in

ordina ry conversa tion .

Another series Of com pound ten ses is form ed by the pa st

pa rticip le fol lowed by a ru .

Exam p l e .

Kite gozaimasii. They have come.

The verbs a ru ,a rima su, goza rim a sn m ay a l sobe

tothe stern , a s

Doe/rim y e oide de Where are you going ?where go

goza rima sfi ka Pis

Page 117: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

I I O AUX IL IARY WORDS .

I OO . Oru , iru ,

‘torem ain ,’

todwe l l . ’

With the va riou s ten se s Of the verbs or u ( I st . conj .) a n

d

iru (zud . conj .) a nd the pa st pa rticip les of verb s a re form ed

a series Of tenses which in som e verbs correspond tothe

com pound ten ses form ed by the verb‘tob e ’

a nd the pre

sen t pa rticip le Of Eng lish verbs ; in others to the ten ses

form ed b y the verb‘tohave a nd the pa st pa rticip le .

I n other words this com bina tion ha s som etim es a Pe rfect ,som etim e s a Con tinu a tive Force .

For in sta nce , ha ta raite oru m ea n s he is working b ut

kite oru m ea n s not he is coming ,’

b ut ‘h e ha s com e .

I ru

ha s the sam e m ea ning a s am . It u sua l ly form s a con trac

tion with the verb , thu s—shitteru , for shitte irn ,

‘I knowlit . having lea rn t

,I rem ain .

The kite goza rim a su Of the

la st section is s ligh t ly different in m ea ning from kite orim a

$21 . The form er m ight b e expa nded into a s they have

com e , there now a re som e ;’

the la tter m ea n s ‘they havecom e , a nd stil l rem ain .

’ Na tu ra l ly the form with oru or

iru is more in u se in the ca se Of living beings.

Exam p l e s .

I ssa ku nen no na tsu ka ra I have been studying since the

b efore la st year summ er fromsumm erof the year before last .

keiko shite orirnas fi.

study having m ade rem ain

B a ka na kotowo itteru. You are talking nonsense.

foolish thing say rem ain

K ano ta biuia na ga aite These socks have got holes inthese socks hole Opened them .

oru .

rem ains

Dete orim a si’i. He has gone out.Ts uite orima sii. I t has arrived.

1 0 1 . Na ru ,

‘tob e .

The verb n a ru ,

‘tobe ,’

is extrem e ly frequen t in books .

Page 119: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

I I 2‘ AUXIL IARY WORD 8 .

Exam p l e s .

fisa n s nrn . TO b ring.

Undosuru. TO ta ke exercise.

SJda n shima sho. I wil l consul t (about it).

Shim/misnruna . Don ’ t b e a nxious.

Yoj in shinai toiken ai. You m ust b e careful.

For the honorific verb na sa ru ,the polite verb nza siz a nd

the respectfu l verbs ita sn a nd m asu , see cha pte r XI I .

1 0 3 . I n ,

‘tosay ,’

a regu la r verb Of the fi rst conj uga

tion . It is u sed with other verbs in a way which wil l b e

understood from the fol lowing exam p les .

Aru toin to. I f one say tha t there are, i.e.

supposing tha t there are .

Aru toiy edomo. Though one say tha t there are ,

i.e . gran ted tha t there are , al

though there are .

I ku toin to. Ifwe say tha t we goi.e . ifwe go.

Tad a n a ku toin koto Whoever heardofanybody crySim p ly cry ca l led thing ing for nothing ?

a ru monoka .’

is

I n u sed in this way is Often a ltogethe r redunda nt .

1 0 4 . Keru , a n Old perfect Of kuru ,

‘tocom e ,’

is m uch

u sed in the Concessive Form keredowith the I ndica tive

Ten ses of verbs . I n these com bina tion s the m ea ning Of

the ten se Of the prin cipa l verb is not lost . I tta keren’a for

exam p le m ea n s ‘he wen t , b ut while ifon e say s ikedo,‘though go,

’ or ittezno, ‘even having gone ,’

nopa rticu la r

ten se is indica ted .

Kereda is a l sou sed with the Verba l Form of Adj ectives ,a s nigaikeren

a , though it is bitter. ’

It m ay b e u sefu l tonotice here som e noun s which for

wa nt ofa better nam e m ay be ca l led Auxilia ry Noun s .

Page 120: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

AUX IL IARY WORDS . 1 1 3

1 0 5 . Hadzu .

‘necessity ,’ ‘

Ob liga tion , is m uch u sed toexpres s the idea contained in our a uxilia ry verbs ‘Ought ,

‘m u s t. ’

Exam p l es .

Kono shina ga m a kotoui These articles are rea l ly cheap .

this artic le trulyy a sui.

is chea p

Ha na hada wa ruikara , y a sui They ought tob e , for they are

very b ad cheap very b ad.

hadzu da .

necessitySakujitsu iku hadzu de Heought tohave gone yesteryesterday go day .

a rim a shita .

wa s

D a nna wa konnickioide M aster ough t tocome (i.e . is

m a ster today expec ted) to-day .

na sa ru ha dzn deszI .

is

Skirt) hadzn ma nai.

wil l know

Sonna kotowoshira na ka tta yo.such did not know

Shira nai ha dzu da .

not know necessity is

Sa kuj itsu sono ka ne too I was tohave b een paid tha tyesterday tha t money money yesterday .

uketoru ha dzu deshita .

receive necessity was

Raigetsu ikn beki kadzu He is togonext mon th .

nex t mon th goough t necessitydest’i.

is

I ku ha dzu wil l doa s we l l a s ,or better than , ikn bekiha dzuin the la st sentence .

1 06. Koto, ‘a ction ,’‘thing, ’ is m uch u sed with a dj ectives

a nd the form s Of verbs which a re ca pab le of being m ade

There is no reason why he

Shou ld know. He can ’ t possib lyfindout .

I te l l you I knew nothingof thekind.

How could you know ?

Page 121: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

AUXIL IARY WORDS.

a dj ectives in a way which wil l b e be st u nderstood from a

few exam p les

I ku koto.

I kan t’

i koto.

I tta koto.

I ku kotowa dekim a shogoing thing wil l b e possib le

ka 2

I ka nfi

not going thingkotowa a rum ai.

wil l not b e

Tokioy e itta koto a rim a sa

gone thing is

ha 2

Nippon nosa ke wonondaJ a pa n ese drun kkoto wa n ai.

thing is not

Noboru kotowa nobora rea scending thin g can

m a si‘z oriru kotowa

a scend com ing downm udznka shi.

is difficu l t

Tokioy e kita kotomacom e thin g

kimoshita .

IVa ta kzI shiwa mon agaikotoI lon g

m a a rumai.

Wil l not b e

Rippa na httoui n a ru toinSp lendid b ecom ekotowoshockishite iru .

know

The going.

The not going.

The having gone .

Wil l it be possib le togo?

He wil l sure ly go.

Has he ever gone toTokio

I have never drun k Japanesesa ke.

SO far a s ge tting up is con

cerned , I can get up ; it is the

coming down tha t is difficul t .

He has com e toTokio, SO far

as tha t goes.

I don ’ t thin k I have long tolive .

I know tha t he wil l turn out a

sp lendid fe l low.

In the la st sen tence , koto takes the p la ce Of the con

jun cfion‘tha h ’

J a pa nese .

The toin is superfluou s , a s it Often is in

Page 123: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

I 1 6 AUXIL IARY WORDS.

A. Anotokoroy e ta b a ko A. I Ordered a tob a cco-pouchtha t p lace tob a cco from tha t p la ce : goa nd fe tch it.

i"? ” 0 “ts“my d " oita ; B . We l l considerin tha t it washolder having ordered put

gprom ised for the 1 2 th of nex t

a re 10 0 totte kt n a .

tha t havin g ta ken com emon th—(The sen ten ce is left

B. Are wa raigetsu jiu ui unfinished a s sooften happen s intha t nex t mon th Ja panese .)

nichinoy a ki’

isokn da monowoday promise

Kam a n monoka .’ Wha t doI ca re

ca re thing

Kom a tta monodo. I t is very annoying.

I kitai mon ’

desii keredo I should like togo, b utlike togo is a l though

1 0 8 . Tokoro, ‘p la ce .

The ordina ry mode Of rendering in J a pa nese the re la tive

c la u ses OfEu ropea n la ngua ges ha s been a l rea dy de scribed

in.

§ 2 8 , b ut in orde r tobring out the re la tive force more

distinct ly , the word tokorois som etim es in troduced , in

imita tion Of a Chinese idiom . Thu s in stea d Of iku hito,‘the m a n whogoes ,

it is pos sib le tosay iku tokoronohito,which m ea n s the sam e thing .

The re la tive force m ay be recognized in the fol lowingexam p les

Omoy e no hint? ha na shita By wha t you said yesterday .

you yesterday said

tokorode u m.

p lace by

Kampa ha ui tay enai I t is a thing for which I canadm ira tion do“Qt endure

not con tain my admira tion .

tokoroda .

Kagorosa n wa do sum Wha t did you see Mr. Kogorohow doing

(IO ?tokorowomi-nasa tta ?p la ce see did

Tokoroa fte r the indica tive ten se s of verbs ha s the force

ofour‘j u s t ,’

a s in the fol lowing exam p les

Page 124: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

AUX IL IARY WORD S.

Ana ta nonwasa zooshite irureport

tokorod ’a tta .

N a n ’da ka kore ka ra yomu

read

tokoroda .

Tona ri no hana shi woneighbour ta l kkite iru tokoroda .

listenin g

1 1 7

We were just ta l king about you.

I am just going toread wha tit is.

We a re just listening towha tthey are saying nex t door.

O th e r exam p l e s Of tokoro.

Tokoroga , sonob a n ui

tha t nigh t

Yonde mita tokorog areading seen p la ce

Sayomoshim a shita tokoroga

A. Sa zooy a kama shiu gozasure ly noisy wil l

rim a shita ro. B . Ya ka rn a shi

have b een noisydokoroka 2p la ce

A . Wa taki’

ishinotokorom a

my p lace a s

de motte kitefa r a s having ta ken having com ekuda sa ru kotog a dekigive thing wil l b e pos

m a shoka 2 B . H ei! a riga tosib le than k you

gozarima sii sa shi agem a sti

send up

dokorode wa goza rim a sen i‘z.

p lace it is not

We l l then , on tha t night

Upon reading it

On my saying so

A. I am sure you m ust haveb een disturb ed b y our noise . B.

Far from it !

A. Would it b e possib le for

you to b ring it a s far a s my

p la ce ? B. Than k you ; we

wou ld dom uch more tha n send

it . (‘NO troub le a t a ll

’ we

Should say .)

Page 125: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER IX .

PART ICLES .

1 0 9 . Pa rtic les h ave very va ried u ses in J a pa nese .

They serve in stea d Of ca se a nd p lu ra l termina tion s , a nd are

a l sou sed a s preposition si‘a nd conj u n ction s .

Ma ny of the pa rtic les de s cribed in this cha pter a re rea l lyiden tica l with som e Of the termina tion s of verbs a nd a djec

tives a lrea dy noticed .

They a re most ly found a fter nouns , b ut a re a l sou sed withthose pa rts Of the verb a nd a dj ective which a re noun s inSyntax , a nd a few a re joined toverbs in the indica tive mood

or toa dj ectives in the verba l form .

For convenien ce Of referen ce they have been a rra nged

a lpha betica l ly .

1 1 0 . D a no. D a nois a contra ction for de a m no. It is

u sed in enum era tion s , where it is desired tom ake ea ch

thing m entioned a s distinct a s pos sib le . It is u sua l ly t ra ns

la ted ‘a nd ’

, b ut this doe s not give the fu l l force Of this

pa rtic le . It resem b les not a litt le the a lterna tive form of

the verb, a nd like it is found in pairs .

Exam p l es .

Kio da no a su da no Saying tha t they were coming,to-day to-morrow now today , now tomorrow, they

m airu tote,1 kim a senii. have not com e.

com e com e “OI

As they com e a fter the noun , postpositions would b e the more correct term .

t For toitte.

Page 127: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 2 0 PART I CLE S.

Ga kko de sonna kotowa They know nothing Of the kindcol lege a t Such

a t the col lege.ikko shira nii.

whol ly donot know ‘

Kore de mina desa ka 2 Is this all ?this with all is

D6 in shidaide 2 Under wha t circum stances ?wha t ca l led order

De a s the Sign of the Predica te . When twonoun s arejoined together by the verb ‘tobe ’ ( a ru , a rim a sii, goza ri

the la tter affi xes de.

Exam p l es .

Wa takiZshiwa kajiy a de I am the b lacksmith .

b lacksm ithgoza rim a sii.

K anom nshima tom bo desi’

i. This insec t is a dragon fly .

insect dragon fly

Usoda .

I ja naika 2

Tokio hen no y a tsu wa

quarter fe l low

J illj a ku de ( a tte) iken i'i .

ef’femin a te not go

Nera sau wa Igirisa nohtto Nelson was an Englishm an and

Ne lson En glishm ana n ava l hero.

de ( a tte) , kaig a n nogoketsi’

i

n a vy hero

Kore wa o hiob a n no He had a grea t reputa tion , and

He grea t report lived in AioiSt .monode ( a tte) , Aioi cho ui

streetorim ashita .

lived

De a s the m a rk Of the p redica te is m uch u sed in forming

the com pound ten ses of verbs and a dj ectives . See 99 .

I t is a lie .

IS it not good ? i.e. , are you notsa tisfied ?

The Tokiofe l lows are effemi

na te and therefore use less .

Page 128: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S. 1 2 1

Demo com bines the m ea ning Of de with tha t Of moeven ,

a l so.

Sayo demo gozaithus (pred.) even it wil l

m a sho' g a ,

b e b ut

Demogozaima shoga ,

Demo

Sore demo ikenai.

tha t with even it can ’ t go

Oka ta ta ki y e demoprob a b ly wa terfa l l to

m awa tta

gone roundnode goza rim a sho.

wil l b e

Ato demoyaroshi.

a fter even is good

Sore wa kodomodemowa kuru.

tha t child even is in

telligib le

Fiitotta nodemo, y aseta nofa t lean

demoy aroshi.is good

Seiyo no hito demowest ocean m a n

Shinajin demonai.Chin ese

It m ay genera l ly be tra ns la ted even ’ .

Tha t is prob ab ly even so, b ut

(Sam e a s last .)Yes , b ut

Even SO it won ’ t do.

He ha s prob ab ly gone round tothe wa terfa l l . (Demo here showstha t the rem ark is a m ere guess.)

I t wil l doa fterwards.

Even a child understands tha t .

Either fa tonesor lean ones wil ldo.

He is neither a European nor aChin am an .

I n the la st sen tence we ha ve a com bin a tion Ofde a s pre

dica te a nd mo, repea ted with twonoun s in the sense of

both .

For demowith In terroga tive P ronoun s see g 2 6.

g 1 1 2 . Dzutsu, ea ch ,

every ,’ ‘

a piece ’

.

Exam p l e s .

K ano kusurithis m edicin e one day

sa ndo dzu tsu nomu nothree tim es ea ch drink

desn.

IS

wa ichinichi This m edicine is ta ken threetim es every day .

Page 129: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 2 2 PART I CLE S.

Hitori dzutsu lia z'rim a . They came in one a t a tim e .

one person a t a tim e en teredshita .

Toshininido gurai dzutsu Would it not b e possib le toyear twice amoun t “ Ch com e toTokiotwice every yearPTakiay e dete kuru wa ke nia m

out com e reasonikum ai lea P

wil l not go

Mina uifi'ita tsu dzutsu haitte There are twoin ea ch of them .

a ll two each

1 1 3 . Ga . Ga wa s origina l ly a pos se s sive pa rtic le,

a nd it stil l retain s this force in certain phra ses .

Exam p l e s .

Koma -

ga-ta ke. Col t ’s pea k (the nam e of a

moun tain).

yin nen ga aida . For the space of ten years .

ten year spa ce (jiu nen noaida is equa l ly gooda nd m uch more common .)

Ore ga m e nom aye de say e. Before my very eyes.

m y eyes b efore evenKore g a tam e m

'

. On this a ccoun t .Wag a kum

. O ne’

s coun try .

Wag a kiodai. One’

s own b rothers a nd sisters.

I t is better not touse goa s a pos sessive pa rtic le except

in phra ses for which the re is good p receden t .

By the process described in 65 ga ha s in the mode rn

col loquia l com e tob e chiefly u sed a s the sign of the nom i

n a tive ca se . This ca se is , however , not necessa rily a ccom

pa nied by go. It is om itted when wa or mofol lows the

noun a n d in m a ny other ca ses , a nd a nou n m ay b e in

the nomina tive ca se'without a ny pa rtic le a t a ll b eing a dded .

Ga is a lmost a lway s u sed before the ve rbs a rn tob e ,’

dekiru

‘tob ecom e ,

’ ‘tob e m a de ,’

a nd on e a nd in t ‘torem ain .

Exam p les ofgoa s sign of the nomina tive ca se .

Page 131: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 2 4 PART I CLES.

The noun is often fol lowed by ga where we shou ld expecttofind a n a ccu sa tive ca se , a s in the fol lowing exam p les .

K a no m u g a wa ka rima I don ’ t understand the m eaningthis m ea ning is unintelligi of this .

send.

b le

Ha na ga osukidesi lea 2 Are you fond offlowersflower like is

Ka ne ga ukeloritai When you wan t toreceive themoney desira b le toreceive money .

toki ma .

tim e

H a nshonooto ga sum . There is the fireb ell.fire -b e l l sound doe s

I n the a bove sentences imi, ha na , ka ne, a nd oto a re

rega rded by the J a pa nese a s the subjects of the verb or

a djective which fol lows .

G a,a fter those pa rt s of a dj ectives a nd verbs which a re

u sed a s nou n s for pu rposes of syntax , ha s the sam e force

a s when it fol lows ordina ry nou n s .

Exam p l e s .

flan ga y aroshi. You had b e t ter go.

the going is good

I tta ga yok’

a tta . He wou ld have done be tter tohaving gone wa s good have gone .

Yenrio sezu ni You had be tter m a ke nocereceremony “ot dom g mony , b ut spea k out fra n kly .

uehi-a kete ha na shita g a

fra n kly the having spoken

y a roshi.is good

Ori-ai ga tsukim a sena. They don’ t hit it off together.

b end -m ee t not hit.

Sugu ni tsurete You should have b rough t hima t on ce a ccom panying here a ton ce .

kita ga ii.

the having com e wa s good.

Page 132: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S. 1 2 5

O ai g a n a kiZ te yoroshin You_need not m ee t him .

m ee t without good

goza z’

m a sfe.

G a a fter a verb in the indica tive mood or a n a djective in

the verba l form m ay genera l ly b e t ra n s la ted by b ut .

Som etim es a pa u se in speaking is a suffi cient equiva lent .

Exam p l e s .

Tori-naosu toomon g a , I wish toput it righ t , b ut I can’ t .

ta ke wil l m end thinktori-n aosenai.ta ke ca n not m end

Shinsetsn wa a rig a taiga , You are very kind, b ut I m ustkm dness than ks positively b e going (toan in ferior).zehi ika neb a n a ra nai.

positive ly if not go does not

b ecom e

Mom en de wa an’

m a si‘ig a , I t is true tha t they are cotton ,

cotton (Pred') ‘S b ut they have just b een washeda ra tte sbita te-naoshita b a ka riwa shed m ade up ren ewed on ly

a nd m ade up again .

desii.

a re

Senkaku n anika misern You said awhile agotha t youform er hour som ethin g show had som e thin g toshow m e—m ay

monoga am toosshaim a shlta I look a t it here ?thing is said

g a ,kokode haiken shitemohere see having done

yoi node goza rim a sr‘i lea ?

good is it

Ame g a u k ageni I f the rain would stop in rea sonrain good condition

ab le tim e , it would b e a good

$2553“ ga thing, b ut—(I don

’ t expec t it wil l).

After tokoro, ga ha s a som ewha t simila r force .

K a te mita tokorog a . Upon m aking inquiries—(ahaving heard seen p la ce pause )

Tokoroga or daga (for de m a ga ) a t the beginning of a

sentence m ea n s ‘this being so,’ upon this

,

’ ‘we l l then .

Page 133: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 2 6 PART I CLE S.

1 1 4 . Gena is found a fter ve rbs in the sen se ‘it wou lda ppea r tha t ,

’ ‘I am told tha t ,’ ‘I understa nd tha t . ’

Exam p l e s .

Cham a n toy am de goza ri I am told tha t it is dropsy , ifdropsy ‘s tha t is the righ t n am e .

m a siigena .

Sa kujitsu kay erim a shita I understand tha t he cam e b a ckgena .

yesterday .

So‘

desiZ is com mone r in Tokiotha n gena , which is more

a Kiotoexpression , a nd ha s the sam e m ea ning. Ex . Sa ka

jitsu kay erz'

m a shita so“

desz’

l, I u ndersta nd tha t he retu rned

yesterday .

1 1 5 . K a a sks a question or intim a tes a doubt . it is

very a ccu ra te ly represen ted by the m a rk of interroga tion .

Exam p l e s .

Oke‘

fune ka Is it a large shipla rge ship

Wa ta kz’

rshika Is it I ?

Kita lea Ha s he com e ?

K a between twonoun s represen ts our conj unction or.

Exam p l e s .

Osa ka ka Nag a sa kinonchi He lives in one of the twoone or p la ces, Osa ka or N aga saki ( I

m orim a su . don ’ t know which).other lives

Ya ka tam a ni a ta tte He wa s kil led by an arrow orarrow b ul le t striking

a b ullet .

shinim ashita .

died

O tokoka onna lea Is it a m a le or a fem a le ?m a n ? wom an

I tta ka ika nai ka Has he gone , or not ?ha s gone does not go

Page 135: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 2 8 PART I CLE S.

For lea with I nte rroga tive Pronoun s see 2 6.

1 1 6. Ka ra, (with noun s)

‘from ,

’ ‘since (with verbs)becau se ,

a fter . ’

Konnichika ra .

Kore ka ra ha ehiri.

Sa ki ka ra .

Doko ka ra ikim a sa lea P

where from go P

N aka senda ka ra ikim a szi. I am going b y the Nakasendo.

Ka na da ka ra seiyo‘

y e I thin k of goin g toEurope via

from west ocea n Canada .

ika tozonjim a sii.

wil l go thin kSore ka ra nokotoui' sho L et us take it a fter tha t .tha t a fter thing wil l m ake

y a naika ?

is not

Kore k a ra . Hen ceforth .

Omote nohe ka ra irete Don ’ t let him in by the fron t .fron t side from having let in

kurerun a .

don ’ t give

K a kushika ra ka ne wo Ta kin g money from his pocket.pocke t from mon ey

da shite.

ta king out

I ma ka ra sugn uikayeru . I am now going straight b a cknow from imm edia tely re turn again .

2 . \Vith Verbs .(a ). With Indica tives.

Oy a] ; g a na ku n a ri’

m a shita My fa ther is dead, soI wouldfa ther “Qt b ecam e

a sk you for twoor three days

ka ra ui sa n n z'

chioitom a leave.

b ecause two three day leavewon eg aim a szZ .

request

Exam p l e s .

1 . With noun s .From today.

Eigh t rifrom here .

From a while ago.

By which way doyou

Page 136: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S. 1 2 9

D a z’

jobu desi'e k ara , go You m ay m ake your mind a t

sa fe ‘5 b ecausecase ; it is quite sa fe .

a nshin

easy-mind

Kono uchi nom aye wa Rem em ber tha t I don ’ t a l lowth ls house b efore

jinrikshas tob e set down b efore[eurnma wookasenai ka ra , this house .

jinrikisha not-let -put b ecausesoomotte iro.sothin king rem ain

Im a a i b ay em kara , Te l l the driver I am going away

giosha ni $6 itte okure.

driver having said give

In the la st twosentence s lea rn is u sed where we m igh t

have expected to, the sign of quota tion .

Atsaika ra . Because it is hot.

(b ). With Past Particip le.

Mam a demo kutte I t wil l doafter you have hadboiled rice even havm g ea ten your rice (topersons m uch in

ka ra J ’ok “7 0 ° ferior in ran k).a fter wil l b e good

Mina a tsnm a tte k ara Won ’ t you wait til l they are all

a ll havm g a ssem b led a ftera ssem b led b efore doing it ?

m’

na sa rem a sen z‘i lea 2

not do

Hiru-m eshiwo ta befe I won ’ t gotil l a fter I have hadnoon m ea l having ea ten my midday m ea l .ka ra de n akzicha ikim a senfi .

a fter ifnot don ’ t go

1 1 7 . Kosois a very em pha tic pa rtic le . It form erlyhad the effect ofm a king the verb or a djective a t the end of

the sentence be put in the Conditiona l Ba se , and ra re ca ses

of the a pp lica tion of this ru le a re s til l m et with .

Exam p l es ofKoso.

Om ay a kosousotsukida . I t is you whoare the liar.you liar are

Page 137: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 30 PART I CLE S.

Yokosooide nasa tta . You are most we lcome .

we l l com e

Wa ta k ashikosogo b asa ta I t is I whohave neglected ca l lI not -giving news ing on you.

Shinzureb a koso,gochiukokn I t is just because I b e lieve it ,SlnCC b e lieve advice tha t I offer you advice .

moshima sii.say (respec tful)Yaroshi; sore de kosokimi Righ t ! Tha t is like yourse lf.is good tha t with you

da .

is

1 1 8 . Ma de, from m a‘spa ce ’

a nd de ‘with ,’

m ea n s‘to

,

’ up to,’ ‘til l ,

’ ‘until ,’

a s fa r a s,’ ‘inc lu sive of. ’

Exam p l e s .

M[Onichim ade. Til l to-morrow.

Yokohama k a ra Tokiom ade. From Yokoham a toTokio.

H a chiép m ade donogurai How far is it toHachojiwha t quan tity

am 9

I a m ade mo n ai. I t is not worth m en tioning.

sayin g as fa r as even is not

Miogonichi m ade ui I t wil l be finished by the dayday a fter tomorrow b y a fter tomorrow.

deki-ag a rim a sii.

is finished

Kojiki 10 m ade ui na tta . He fe l l solow as tobecom e a

b eggar as far a s b ecam e b eggar.

N amaye m ade I even told you my n am e .

n am e as far as

oha na shimoskito.

told

Konnichinokita ui m a de. Even down tothe m en of thistoday m an down to day .

Sa kub a n osoku m a de He had not re turned up til l la tela st nigh t la te un til la st night .

kay era na nd a .

returned not

Page 139: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 32 PART I CLES.

Shinka shinai kita moam . There are some who do notb e lief donot m en a l soare be lieve .

2 . With Verbs .

Kurn ka m a shira n fi . He m ay com e , for augh t I know.

com e even don ’ t know

This ph ra se im p lie s a s ligh t lea ning tothe opinion tha t

he wil l com e ; lea rn lea shz'ra nn is sim p ly a n expression of

ignora nce .

10 6 u m m a ta H ay aji I don ’ t know whether tha ttoday again fe l low Hayajim ay not com e again

me g a kayomo today .

(con tem p tuous) wil l com e eventerm ina tionshiren iI .

can ’ t know

Ta tay e na ni to iwa to Nom a t ter wha t he m ay say ,supposm g wha t W‘us ay the b est p la n is tota ke nonotice

mo, tori-a wa n ai nog a of him .

even ta ke-m ee t -notz'chz

'b a n da .

no. 1 is

Mina ta bena kz‘i te ma You need not ea t them all.

a ll not ea ting even

yorashz’

.

is good

Am kereda m a amay e I have some , b ut I won ’ t giveare a l though even you you any .

niwa y a ra nai.

to not give

1 2 0 . Naga ra ,‘whil st .’

I . With nouns .

Kage nagara . In my inmost heart .shade

Ga menda naga ra . I am sorry totroub le you, b uttroub le

Shikkei naga ra . I t is very rudeof me , b utim politeFn ta tsa naga ra . Both of them . The twooftwo

them .

Page 140: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S . 1 33

2 . With Verbs ( stem form ).

Uta re

b eing b ea tenwoshite.

nag a ra , ka nja

doing

Cha wonaminag a ra

tea drink whilstsha b ette arim a shita .

cha ttering rem ained

K insakn sfiin aga ra .

rest do

0 ka ta ba o dam a shi

words (hon . ) deceivea sab a sn ta shirinaga ra mo.condescend know even

Osare n aga ra .

fear

H a b akarinaga ra .

fea r

§ 1 2 1 . Ni.

a t ,’ ‘into,

’ on .

coun ting

your words

(highly respec tful).

With noun s ni u sua l ly m ea n s ‘to,

Going on with his coun ting a ll

the tim e he wa s b eing b ea ten .

They were cha t tering over theirtea .

While resting.

Even knowing all the tim e tha twere deceiving

With a ll due respect .

With all due respec t.

Q i‘in ,

Exam p l e s .

Keota aiiku.

togo

Kiota uiorimaszI .

Uehz'

niarima sfl.

within

D enshz’

nkyoku ni haitta .

te legraph oflice in toen tered

Yengawa ni da shite

verandah on having put outake.

put

ni m airi

waitin g a t tab le havem a shita .

com e

Hito wob a ka ui snrn .

person fool in tom a ke

He goes toKioto.

He lives in Kioto.

He is a t hom e.

He wen t in to the te legraphoffice .

Put it out on the verandah.

I have come towait at tab le.

Tom ake a fool ofa person .

Page 141: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLES .

O ther m ea nings ofni.

Da re a i kn ta 9 From whom did you hear itwhom from did hear

Wa kai taki, ha ha ui Separa ted from her'mother

youn g time mother from when youn g.

wa ka rete.

separa ted

Ta shi ni wa aki. He is b ig for his age.

year for is big

Anahita ui medz nra shi I t is very unusua l for him tobetha t m a n for rare

sola te.

chikakn desiI .

la te -hour is

Sore ni sai nai. There is nomistake about tha t.tha t about mista ke is not

Sore ni, m a ta And besides, when I wen t againtha t in addition toagain toseeiffe mireb a

having gone when I saw.

B ekon ni tamaga . Ba con and eggs.

b a con in addition to eggs.

Ta ke ni sa eume. Bam boos and sparrows (as a

b am boo Sparrowsub jec t of a pain ting).

Taisetsn n a knshi ka nzashi I t con tained c lothing besides

va luab le com b hairpin va luab le com b s and hairpins.

ni irni mp haitte

c lothing having en teredim ashita .

wa s

Yame ui ikitai. She wan ts toget m arried.

b ride a s wishes togo

Ni is often required in J a panese where there is nopreposition in Eng lish .

Examp l e s .

I ska ui sada n suru. Toconsul t a doc tor.

doc tor consul ta tion do

I sha ni mite m ara n . Toget a doc tor toexaminehaving seen receive one.

Page 143: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur
Page 144: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLES. 1 37

Ya.

moa ai ia’

sakiye As l have nothin g for you tob nsm ess

not Wh‘le first do, you m ay gotobed withou tam ba y ai.

if gotobed is goodwaitin g for m e.

Ni is frequently found a fte r na shi, the old verbal form

ofna i not ,’

a s y en riona shia i‘Without ce remony .

’ This

is an ungram m atica l constru ction b ut it ha s the sa n ction

of use .

(C) After S tems .

y a tta . He sen t the c lothes to be

N d a shixiy atta kc ?mended 2

Miniitte . He went tosee.

It is not every verb with which this con struction is usual

okiki m' irm asi. 1 will tell you (very respec tful).

(d) After Nega tive Particip les.

(Gaxen no) Atono ka tadzuke He wen t tobed without puttin g

wo se

en m'

paid the b ill after

1 2 2 . No‘of’ is the ordina ry sign of the

Exam ple s .

A man’s leg.

The key of the box.

Your clothes.

Page 145: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 38 PART I CLES.

I ma no (itta koto) wanow of said thing

yo.

joke is (cm ph. part).

Sei no ta kaiheitai.growth of high soldier

kuni.num erous coun try

Yam a no ai

moun tain

Hi no a ru uchi ni.

sun’s being Within

Randa n ka ra no dempa.

London from te legram .

Kin nokahei.

.Miy a no shita ni

Shin totem p le of b e low

y a doy a ga niken am .

inn two there a re.

Ya ne no ay e ka ra tonderoof of a bove from flying

itte shim a tta .

going finished

M e no m ay e de.

eye of b e fore a t

Wha t I said just now was a

joke , I tell you.

A tall soldier.

A moun tainous coun try .

While there is stil l day ligh t.

A telegram from London .

Gold coins.

There are twoinns be low the

Shin totem p le .

I t flew away over the roof.

Before my eyes.

Nojoin s twoword s which re la te tothe sam e person orthing .

Dokushinsingle body

nowa ta kit s/ii.

Sag aminoknni.

Al e/tum no kojiki.eye

-dark of b eggar.

Betta noTsunekichi.

Sug u ni kai tonoa t on ce com e

kotodzuke.

m essa ge

I , whoam a single m an .

The provin ce of Sagam i.

A b lind beggar.

The horse boy Tsunekichi.

A m essage tha t he was tocom e

a t once.

N 0 is som etim e s u sed like da no(which is=da +na ) in

enum era tion s . H ere it m ay be rendered and or ‘or.

Page 147: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S.

How is it you have com e today ? I t is not Sa turday .

N a with verbs .

1 40

Kit) ma D ay abi de nainotoday Sa turday not

ni dashite o ide

whilst how having done com e

na sa tta 9

did

K eisa tsusho y e

police sta tion to

tsnrete iku nowa menda

a ccom pany going troub leda ka ra .

is b ecause

K 6 kaita a rima siino20 0thus written is

mite.

seeing

Omay a g a kawashita noka ?you b roke

K awa shita noma wa ta knshib roke I

de goza rima sen ft .is not

Kawa su nowomita yo.b rea k

Hisa shi koto y enzetsn ga

long thing speechn a ka tta no ui, kia run

wa s not whilst todayichi ui nin no jazz: noone twom en C levernamny a ga miy eru .

n am es are visib le

Wa ta kftshim a im a mita

I now lookedno ui n a ni mo inai.

when som e thing is not

Doko y e oide n a sa tta

where to go did

nodesha ? Im a m ade kakowil l b e now un til here

nia ide-na sa tta noni.

Bec ause it is toom uch troub leto goWith you to the policesta tion .

Seeing wha t was thus written .

Is it ofyour b rea king ? Was it

you whob roke it

I t wa s not I whob roke it.

I te l l you I saw you b rea k it.

There have b een no speechesfor a lon g tim e b ut one or twoc lever spea kers’ n am es a ppea r (onthe list for) today.

When I looked just now, therewas nothing there .

Where can he have gone to?

He wa s here til l a mom en t ago.

Page 148: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S. 1 4 1

1 2 3 . Ra is a p lura l pa rtic le .

With a dverbs of p la ce ra a dds va guenes s totheir m ea ning

like the Eng lish a bouts in the sam e position . Koko, for

exam p le,m ea n s here ,

kokara herea bouts . ’

When it is wished toshow respect ra is not u sed with

nou n s or pronoun s , b ut da c/iior ga ta .

Exam p l e s .

Sazashi ya tsn m da Wha t a noisy lot of fe l lows !noisy te l low (p lura l) is

Sore ra no koto wo I heard about (koto) thosetha t (p lura l) thing things from m y son .

sega re ka ra kikima shita .

son from heard

Go riakwa n m a Whereabouts a re your lodgtrave l -residen ce ings

dachira desfi.

whereabou ts is

1 2 4. Sa is found a fter noun s a t the end of a sen tence ,where it ha s the sam e m ea ning a s da ‘is ,

b ut is more

em pha tic .

Exam p l e s .

Ay a shim a ta ra nit’ There is not enough reason

think strange is not enough thin king it stran ge.

wa ke sa .

reason is

Go sada n mam I in tend toconsul t you.

consul ta tion dotsnm ari sa .

in ten tion is

Ya g a am tosa . He says there is som ething forb usm ess is

you todo.

Sngn ni tande iku no I tel l you it is said tha t it goesa t on ce flyin g 8° flying off a t on ce .

desi tosa .

is

Page 149: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 42 PART I CLE S.

(A phra se used a s the equiva len tofour.

‘I say’in ca l lingone ’

s a t tention or b y way of remonstran ce .)

8 0t sa . Yes.

thus is

1 2 5 . Say e a fter noun s or the stem s of verbs m ea n s‘on ly .

Exam p l e s .

D a nna say e yorashikereba , I f m y m aster is on ly sa tisfied,‘m aster on ly if is good I don ’ t mind.

wa ta kishima dademoI a nyhow

y arashiu goza rim a sn.

good is

Yfldachi no m ay e ui I f they have on ly started be foreshower b efore the shower.

deka kete say e irebu.

having gone out if rem ain

yib nn ga karitsa woa kashi For my own part , solong as Ise l f 13W b rea k don ’ t b rea k the law, there is no

say e ‘seny a (for seneb a ) rea son why I shou ld b e the lea st

on ly ifnot doa fraid of the police .

na n t mo J a nsa no howa iany thin g police a fraidkoto ma nai hadzu sa .

thing not n ecessity

De som etim es com es between the noun a nd say e. I t

a dds nothing tothe m ea ning .

Sem/Ja de say e go shachi I f the other party on ly agrees.

other party consen tde gaza rim asn na ra .

is if

Chikasha de saye ma an wa The very b easts have a sense

b east favour of gra titude.

shim .

know

1 2 6. Shiis u sed with verbs in the in dica tive mood a s

a conj unction . It m ay b e rendered a nd,’

a nd a l so,’

not

on ly—b ut ,’

a nd so.

Page 151: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 44 PART I CLES.

Exam p l e s .

I ma nofzgin daehi ga When we consider the pursuit"OW lady (PM ) of learnin g b y the ladies of the

g a human wo shite. im no presen t tim e .

learning doing rem ain

womin e to.

see if

Ma kinii taclzima m eshi Have you gen t lem en got tothea lready you “CC

rice (the la st part of a m ea l) ?ha ?

1 2 9 . To. Tobetween twonoun s m ea n s a nd .

It is

som etim es repea ted a fter the second .

Exam p l e s .

Wa ta ki'tshi to amay e run When you and I cam e from our

I and you provin ce.

kuni lea ra kita tahi.

provin ce from cam e tim e

Temay e no oknbia to Putting in the b a ckground youryou cowardice

cowardice a nd ignoran ce .

m uga kn towota na ni

ignoran ce she l f to

raising

Uehinoinn ta dakka no Our dog and another one havehom e dog som ewhere kil led my aun t ’s m uch-prized

inn toga oba sa n no daijina i eondog a un t ’s m uch -prized

p g

ha to zookarashita .

pigeon kil led

Note tha t in the last sen ten ce the whole phrase uchinoinn todokkanoinn tois the sub jec t of the sen tence and therefore ta kes ga a fter it a sthe Sign of the nomina tive case.

Hone tokawa toui n a tta . He has b ecome skin and bone.

bone skin has become

O ther u ses of towith noun s .

Shina -

J lfl ta kenkwa wo He had a quarre l with a ChinaChina m an with quarre l m an .

shita .

did

Page 152: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S . 1 45

Kim? ka tta tamniana They are the sam e a s the pieceyesterday bough t piece goods goods I bought yesterday .

to an aji mono desii.

a s sam e thing is

Sahnj ztsn ka tta kanakin They a re differen t from the

yesterday bough t shirtingsshirtings I bough t yesterday .

to chig ainia sii.

from differs .

Kanohita ‘ to issha Goa long with this m an .

this m an with sam e p la ce

uiike.

go

Are 20 0 tazakn to shite I fwe look on him a s a rob b er.him rob ber having m ade

miru takiwa .

see tim e

Rianin to m a . Both of them .

twom en a nd even

I tta shakika n to(or ni) He has b een m ade Firstfirst C lass secre ta ry Secretary.

na rim a shita .

ha s b ecom e

Towith som e uninflected word s is u sed toform a dverbs .

Shikka ri to. Firm ly .

Ta tsnzen to. Sudden ly .

Pan to. With a b ang.

B a ra ham to. With a ra t t ling noise .

O nom a topoetic word s like the two la st exam p les a re

exceeding ly common in J a pa nese , b ut they a re ra ther

ine lega nt .

Towith noun s som etim eS v correSponds to the inverted

com m a s u sed a s a Sign of quota tion .

Urashiwo toha in tokoro. A p la ce ca l led , if I rem em b erV ladivostock

righ t , ‘V ladivostock.

Page 153: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 46 PART I CLES.

O n am ay e wa n a n’to in ? Wha t is your nam e ?

n am e wha t say

ll’a ta k fishi tea D enkichi to My n am e is Denkichi.’

Is him a sii.

ca l l

H an tJ tom a (itte ya roshi). Tob e sure it is true .

truth even saying is good

With ve rbs , to( like our conj unction tha t ’

) is the sign ofquota tion or of indirect s ta tem en t gen era l ly ,

a nd is used

a fte r su ch ve rbs a s‘tosay ,

’ ‘tothink ,

’ ‘topromis e ,’ ‘to

a dvise ,’

etc . etc . It m u st not b e omitted a s th a t often is

in English . It m u st som etim es b e rende red by to.

Scri-nriga m a shim aiui He said tha t the auc tion was

auc tion a lready finish over.n a tta to u nza shita .

b ecam e said .

I ke toin noda . I te l l you togoaway .

go(im p.) say is

Na n ’

d a toy e ? Wha t is it you say it is ?

wha t is it

Kakode a rm) toma I did not expec t tom eet youhere wil l m ee t here .

omowa na nd a .

did not thin k

Uta toshita . He m ade tostrike him .

wil l strike did

When tois u sed , there is often a n e l lip sis of som e pa rt

of one of the ve rb s in ‘to say ,’

nzirn ‘tosee ,’

amou ‘tothink ,

sum ‘todo,’

kikn ‘tohea r. ’

An a ta ui sada n I cam e toconsul t with you .

you with con sul ta tion( slit?) to (omotte) kinia shita .

wil l do thin king cam e

I am inclined toth ink tha t tois iden tica l With the root soof sore tha t , ’ a nd tha tfrom a demons t ra t ive . this partic le ha s be com e a conjunction . just like its Englishe q uiva len t In the phra se s tokaku ,

toma ka ku ma , its origina l demonstra tive force is

reta in ed .

Page 155: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 48 PART I CLE S.

M eknra ta (for totea , which Whom doyou ca l l b lindb lin d

again is for toin te a ) da re nowhoof

koto d a ?

thin g is

Tegm nig a nai teba Have not I told you there is nole tter is not le tter

(for toieb a ).if I say

To a fter verbs m u st som etim e s b e t ra n s la ted ‘if ’ or‘when .

G ndzn gndz n sum to, lochin I f you loiter, it wil l b e da rk

de hi g a kufaru y a .

on sun goes down

Yoku -Jitsu ni now to. When the fol lowing daynex t day be com e when a rrived .

Sana ta ki no ka ta wa When I think of tha t tim e.

tha t tim e thingonion to.thin k

Knm to sug n ui. As soon as he com es (or cam e).com e when a t on ce

1 30 . Wa is a distinctive or sepa ra tive pa rtic le . It ha s

the force ofisola ting or singling out one obje ct from among

a num ber, ofopposing one thing toa nother, orof limiting

a sta tem en t strict ly tothe word which ma fol lows . Thuskore wa m ay m ea n ‘this one ou t of a n umbe r,

’ ‘this onenot tha t one ,

’ ‘this one a nd nothing e l se ,’ ‘this on e a t

lea st .

lV a is often found with the subject of a sentence , b ut it

m u st not b e taken for the Sign of the nomina tive ca se . It

is a l sofound com bined with the loca tive pa rtic les ui a nd

de, a nd even a fter toothe sign of the a ccusa tive ca se , when

it ta ke s the nigoria nd becom es b a .

Page 156: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLE S. 1 49

The Fren ch q ua n t a is perha ps the nea rest equiva len t to

met , b ut in Eu ropea n la ngua ge s the sam e idea is u sua l lyexpre ssed , not by a sepa ra te word , b ut by m ea n s of a grea t

er em pha sis on the noun . Wa ha s frequen t ly very litt le

m ea ning , a nd its presence or a b sence is often im m a teria l .

Wa m ay b e u sed a fter those pa rts of the verb or a dj ective

which a re noun s in syn tax .

Shiraikotowa shiroi. Sofa r a s whiteness goes , it iswhite .

Are wa wa rni; kore wa Tha t is b ad , this is good .

tha t is b a d this

yaroshi.is good

Kore de u m ikenai. This won ’ t do.this with cannot go

Wa ta kiishi no knni ui a m There a re no ea rthqua kes in

m y coun try my coun try .

yrs/tin ga nai.

earthqua ke is not

Kond a wa sonn a wa ke ja This tim e , there Wil l be nothingthis tim e such rea son of tha t kind.

(for dowa ) n ai.

is not

D 6 shitemo sa n No m a tter Wha t you do, Ihow ha ving done even three think it wil l ta ke a t lea s t threey a wa ka kam d

a ra.

h tnigh ts b e long Wil l b e

m g S

H a ka nonichi uia rim a shita I b rough t a ll tha t were in the

box m b‘de wa s box. (The wa im p lies tha t therenowa mina m a tte m airi were , or m ay have been , others

a ll havm g ta ken cam e

not in the box.)m a s/zita .

Tokaidono ninsa ku a m The Tokaidocoolies are ca l ledCOO I’e kilnzoshke.

kumositke toin .

ca l l

Kanosa ka na wa ta kaiha 2 Is this fish dear ?this fish dear

Page 157: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

I'O PART I CLE S .

D

H itonomono1 0 a wagermono: Wha t is other peop le ’

s is m ine ,

m a n thing m y thing b ut wha t is m ine is not otherwaga monowa hztonomono peop le ’

s .

dc wa nai.

is not

Taisa ta na tte Ever sin ce he be cam e a colone l .colone l having becom e (The te a hin ts a con tra st with the

iru k a ra wa . tim e b efore he b ecam e a colon e l .)rem a in Sin ce

lV a ta kfishinob nnka ui a kai There is a red visiting card inm y desk red

m y desk : b rin g it tom e . (The b an a -fnda rchtm a r am : sore zoo

shows tha t the ca rd is tob e singledn am e ca rd one 1 8 tha t

out among the other thin gs in theb a {a tte ka l .

having ta ken com edesk .)

Saiwai na koto uiwa . Fortuna te ly .

fortun a te thin g in

Kawagishino dena ka tta wa Wha t a pity Kawagishiwa s not

za nnen d’

a tta .

disa ppoin tm en t wa s

N a rnbekn I f possib le .

b e com e cou ld

K aig nn ni irai slu na kii We m ust re ly upon the Navy .

n a vy re lia n ce not doin g

totea na ra nii.

in ca se doe s not be com e

IVa ta kiishino $62 6 a tam ka I dou't know whe ther m y idea9m y idea h“

is correc t , or not .ota ra a nika m a (or zoo) shira n a .

not hit

W'a withou t a ny a ppa ren t m ea ning a t the end of a sen

tence ha s been a l rea dy a d°

verted to in 65 . The Kioto

term in a tion s wa i n a , ma n a suggest th a t the ve rb n a m

tob e ’

m u st b e supp lied in this ca se , a s m a de: a ka woni

snkoshinlodem a sen z‘t wa ( na ra ) , lit . not yet comingout in

the lea st on your fa ce is (a‘it doe s not yet show

on you r fa ce in the lea s t .

Page 159: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 5 2 PART ICLE S.

Sa za m a zoowa ta kflshido to He though t Sa zawa was I .I

omotta .

though t

IVois often found whe re we use a preposition in Eng lish .

Iy e zoo dem a shita . He le ft his house .

house from wen t out

K nm m a zoo an te. Ge t ting out of the jinrikisha .

jin rikisha from havin g got down

St'ny en no ka ne zoo He wa s rob b ed of one thou1 00 0 yen money of sand yen .

tora reta .

wa s rob b ed

Ka nza tsn zooha na reta tokoro. A p la ce removed from turmoil.turmoil from removed p la ce

For monozoosee mono, 1 0 7 . I n the fol lowing sen tence

zooha s a som ewh a t sim ila r m ea ning

TaikJ uimo n am tokoro I t had gone sofa r tha t he wa s“

expu lsion even b ecom e p la ce on the poin t of b ein g expe l leddc a tta zoo, da re I“ from col lege , when b y som e

wa s wherea s som ebodybody

s good officesshinsen

good offices ha vin g done

But ga is com mone r tha n zooin this con struction .

1 32 . Ya . Ya oscil la te s in m ea ning between the two

a nd‘ b eing som etim e s expre ssive of doubt ,a nd a t others a m ere exc lam a tion .

After noun s it is u sed ;

1 . As a Voca tive termina tion .

Ta ke y a Ta ke

2 . With the m ea ning or. ’

Nida y a sa ndo. Twoor three tim es.

twice three tim es

Ka ta y a samisen wa tai A modera te degree of profiJ ap . ha rp guita r pre t ty cie ncy on the kotoor samisen

tel dc zoa ii. is suflicien t.n early With is good

Page 160: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

PART I CLES. 1 5 3

With Verbs .

K nu y a kawa zu na mi. A person with precarious meansea t or not ea t body of sub sisten ce .

Ana ta no b a sha ma miyem The mom en t your carriageyour carriage is visib le

com es in sigh t .y a inay a .

not ?

The la st idiom is ra ther bookish .

I ke y a ! L et us go!Wil l go

Por y a a s a corru ption of zoa , see a bove , 1 30 .

1 33. Yam . Ya ra is a contra ction for y a (see previous section) a nd a ra n , the old fu ture of am ,

‘tob e .

It

expres ses uncertainty .

Doko ni arimasii y am I don ’ t know Where he lives.where lives

zoa ta kftshinizoa wa ka rim a senii.

m e to is not known

Dakoye itta y am . I wonder where he has gone .

The la st sen ten ce is left in com p lete in the J a pa nese ver

sion . Som e su ch ph ra se a s the conc luding words of thepreviou s exam p le is tobe supp lied .

Am a kaota y a ra ye oide ui The year a fter you wen t toM 3 0 3 0 to wen t Ma cao, if tha t is the righ t nam e

n a n m a sht ta y akn nen . of the p la ce .

(respec tful) n ex t year

Ta naji tam (for toyara ) in A singing-girl ca l led Tan0ji, ifgeisha . I rem em b er righ tly .

Da re y a ra g a itta koto. Som e thing som ebody said.

who said thing

1 34 . Ye,‘towa rd s ,

’ ‘to.

’ The y in this pa rtic le is

pronounced very ,

light ly , a nd perha ps the student’ s sa fest

p l a n is toomit it a ltogether, a s m a ny J apa nese do.

I tsa a knni ye okaeri When do you return toyourwhen coun try to return

coun try ?na sam ka

do

Page 161: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

51 5 4 PART I CLES.!

Ta bi y e ta ts u no wo c He put of? startingjourney starting journey.

nob ashita .

put off

Wa takiishino y ado Stay for the nightmy lodging lodgings.

tama rinasa re.

stay do

Achira ye m a te. Wait there .

Ye in the la st twosenten ces seem s tom ea n ‘a t ’ or ‘in ,

b ut perha p s a ide na sa tte or itte is tob e supp lied a fter it .

There is a y e (or e) which is a m ere interjection som e

thing like our ‘eh and m u st be distinguished from y e

‘towa rd s . ’

1 35 . Yo. Yois u sed with noun s in the voca tive ca se ,b ut it is som ething more tha n am ere voca tive pa rtic le . It

is em pha tic , a nd im p lie s p lea ding, remon stra n ce , a ppea l

or wa rning . I ndeed it often sta nds quite by itse l f a s a n

exc lam a tion with this force . It is difficu lt torender y a by

a ny Eng lish word , b ut‘I te l l you ,

wil l som etim es t ra n s la te

it p retty a ccu ra te ly . In the Kiotodia lect yois u sed with

the roots of verbs of the second conj uga tion toform the

im pera tive mood . Thu s for ta bero, the Kiotopeop le say

ta beyo. In the Tokiodia lect ,yowith the im pera tive is not a

m ere te rm ina tion , b ut ha s the em pha tic force described

a bove . It is a favourite pa rtic le with wom en .

Okka san yo. Mother !mother

0 aka y a ! a y uka ta ya ! Som e tea ! a b a th gown ! (fortea . b a th gown a guest).

Abnnai yo. I t is dangerous, I te l l you.

is dangerous

Shira naiy a . I tel l you I don’ t know.

Page 163: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 5 6 PART I CLES.

Examp l es.

K eshite uchi ye irete You must positively not a l lowpositively

‘house in toadmit him in tothe house.

zoa n a ra nai so.in case not b ecome

K a ta ku n -tsfiketa ea . You have my strict orders.hard ordered

Kita ao. Here he is !

ha s come

Kiku hada monozoa I te l l you there is nothinghear quan tity thing worth listening to.n ai ze (for za y e).is not

Page 164: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER X .

ADVERB S, PREPOSIT IONS, CONJUN CT IONS AND INTERJ E CT IONS.

ADVERBS.

1 38 . The true a dverb is in J a pa nese the form of the

a djective ending in the sy l la b le ku a s hay a ku ,‘quickly

a ta ra shika ,newly yoku , See 82 . Ma ny word s

u sed a s a dverbs a re rea l ly noun s or nou n s fol lowed bypa rtic les , a s a shita , tomorrow ;

sa kini,‘before b a ka ni,

‘foolish ly ;’

suguni‘a t once or pa rticip les of verbs , a s

sub ate,‘genera l ly ; sem ete,

‘a t lea st n akara zu ,

‘withoutexception .

The present in dica tive of verbs is som etim es redup lica ted

toform a n a dverb , a s miru-mirn , 5. vue d ’oe l l y uku-

yuku,

a s one goes a long .

1 39 . The fol lowing list contain s som e of the most

common ly u sed a dverbs

ADVERBS OF T IME

Ma, a l rea dy . Ma da , not yet .I tsa , when (interroga tive). I tsudemo, a lway s .

Taki, ditto. (re la tive). yikini, soon .

Mionichi, to-morrow. Metta ni, (with neg .) s e ldom .

Ashz’

ta , ditto. Ta daim a , imm edia te ly.

Konnichi, to-day . Mahay a , a l rea dy .

Kio, ditto. Sudeni, ditto.

Alsocontracted intohayo, a tarashiu, ya.

Page 165: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 5 8 ADVERB S.

ADVERBS OF T IME .

Sa’

kuj ztsu, yesterday . Ta bita bi, severa l tim es .

Kino‘

,ditto. Iehidoor hita ta bi, once .

Senda tte, som e day s ago. Nidoorfit ta ta b i, twice .

Nochihodo, by a nd by . &c. &c.

ADVERB S OF PLACE .

Koko, here . Dochira , where , whither.

Kokani, here . Sachi, there , thithe r.Doko, where . Sachira , there , thither.

Daka ni, where . Achi, there , thither .

Soko, there . Achira , there , thither .

Sokoni, there . Sa kini, before .

Ashlea , the re . A tode, behind .

A sz’

ikoni, there . Sa ka som a

, upside down .

Kochi, here , hither. Yakani,a cros s .

Kochira ,here , hither . Uy eni, a bove .

Doc/ii, where , Whithe r. Shitoni, be low.

ADVERB S OF MANNER .

Do'

, how. Damo, howsoever.I kaga , how. H a na ha da , very .

K 6 , in this way . Na ze,why .

Kaya'

ni, in this way . Z ehi, positive ly .

So, in tha t way . yazu ui, C leverly .

Sayani, in tha t way . well .

ADVERB S

Ta kiisa n , taiso; m uch .

D anokztra i, how m uch .

yiubun , enough .

Siikoshi, litt le .

I kutsu, how m a ny .

toom uch .

See also 1 8 to2 4.

QUANT ITY.

Ba ka ri, on ly .

I kura , how m uch .

Motto, more .

Am a ri

Yokein

Page 167: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 60 INTERJECTICNS.

The Eng lish preposition s m u stoften be rendered in J a pa nese by diflerent pa rt s of spee ch . Thu s , for ‘between ,

we

ha ve noaida ui, lit .

‘in the spa ce of: for‘beside we m u stsay nosa b a ui

,lit . a t the side of; for ‘over,

koy ete, the

pa st pa rticip le ofkay ern , tocross . ’

CONJUN CT IONS.

1 42 . Conj u nction s in Eng lish are va rious ly rendered

in J a pa nese by Pa rtic les , Verba l or Adj ectiva l term ina tion s

etc. Som e have been a l rea dy noticed under the hea d of

Pa rtic les , a nd hin ts a s totra n s la ting them intoJ a pa nese

wil l a l sobe found in Cha pter XI .

INTERJE CT IONS.

1 43. A s in other la nguages Interj ection s a re m ere ly ex

clam a tions, a nd ca n sca rce ly be said tohave a ny gramm a r .

The p rincipa l a re

Oi, H a l loa !

Aita , Ah !of pain .

Oy a , Oh !of su rprise—u sed chiefly by wom en .

He, (rising a ccen t)of su rprise and a dmira tion .

Yai, of terror .

D akkai, when lifting a hea vy weight , or othe rwise

exerting onese l f.

Sci, ofinciting a person todosom ething .

Md , of sa tisfa ction ,

surprise , etc .

The ne socommon in the vu lga r Yedodia lect (in otherpa rts ofJapan it is na or no) is a sort ofin terjection . It ha s

very litt le m ea ning , a nd m ere ly se rves todraw the a ttention

of the person a ddressed . It ha s a bout the sam e force a s the

mea ning less , ‘you know,

’ som etim e s hea rd in English con

versa tion . Yaroshine , ‘it is good , is it not’

? m a ta mio‘

nichi

oide na sa ru ne,‘you wil l com e again tomorrow, won

t

you sore lea ra na a fter tha t , don’

t you know

Ne is little u sed by m en .

Page 168: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER XI .

ENGL I SH WORDS INTO JAPANESE .

1 44. At the risk of som e repetition , it ha s been con

sidered desira b le togive a few notes on the mode of render

ing in toJ a pa n ese som e com mon English word s .

1 45 .

‘Al though ’ or ‘though .

K eredowith indica tive s

or verb a l form s of a dj ectives , a s itta keredo‘a l thoughhe wen t ,

sam ui heredo‘a lthough it is cold ’

; pa rticip le

a nd m a or a dverb a nd te mo, a s itte mo‘a lthough h a vinggone ,

sam nkz’

i te mo‘though cold ’

; conces sive form , a s

ikedonzo a lthough (he) go,’

samukeredo, ‘a l though cold .

1 46.

‘And .

’ Connecting noun s , to, which is'

often

repea ted a fter the la st noun , a s sa ke tosa ka na , wine an d

fi sh kore toa re to, ‘this a nd th a t : ui, a s ha shiuifeuda

m ana cakes a nd fruit .

’ Som etim es the noun s a re sim p lyp la ced together a s sa ke sa ka na ‘wine a nd fi sh .

See a l so

da no, 1 1 1 a nd no, § I 2 2 . Connecting verbs , ‘a nd’

is

expressed by pu tting the fi rst verb in the pa rticip le form ,

a t lea st where the a ction of the fi rst verb is conceived a s

prepa ra tory or pre lim in a ry totha t of the one su cceeding it ,a s tokkurizooa kete m a tte koi, open the bott le a nd bring it

here .

’ I n other ca ses,a nd a t the beginning of a senten ce ,

soshite or sore niis u sed for ‘a nd .

’ When Adjectives a re

joined by ‘a nd ,’

the fi rst is u sua l ly put in the a dverbia l

form fol lowed by te , a s y a sukiite a ta ta kai‘it is chea p a nd

wa rm . See a l soshi, 1 2 6, a nd de, 1 1 1 .

The sub'eet of this cha pter ha s been more fully dea lt with in Dr. Im b rie’

s excellen t‘J a pa nese tymologyfl Messrs . Satow a nd Ishib ash l’

s Dictionary should a lsob econ sulted .

Page 169: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 62 ENGL ISH WORDS iNToJAPANESE .

1 47 .

‘As .

’ ‘AS you know,

go3 0n notori, lit . ‘them a nne r ofyou r knowing

; a s you say ,’ ossha ru to

ri; a s

dea r a s tha t ,’

sore hadota kai a s m a ny a s pos sib le ,’

nam

ta ke or na rub eku ta kiisa n ;‘a s soon a s finished

,

deki

shida ior deki-agam tosugu ui;‘a s fa r a s ,

m a de ;‘a s it

is ,’

sonom am a ;‘a s I wa s going out ,

’- deru toki; ‘j u st a s

I wa s going out ,’

d eru tokoro de ; ‘the sam e a s m ine ,’

wa ta kushinotoonajikoto.

1 48 .

‘Beca u se .

’ Ka ra, y uy e, y uy e ni, a llofwhich a re

u sed a fte r verbs in the indica tive mood a nd a djectives in

the verba l form :‘beca u se why ,

na ze na reb a ;‘Oh ! j u st

beca u se ,’

na ze demo.

1 49 . Before ’

is u su a l ly nom ay e ui,‘a s m e nonzay e ui,

before one ’ s eye s ;’ Nicki-ya nom ay e ui, before Sunday ;

m ay e uikiita ,

‘I hea rd before deru m ay e ui,‘before h e

goes (or wen t)out .’ ‘Before he com e s ’ m ay b e rendered

kim a seniiuchinior knru niaye ui.

1 5 0 .

‘But . ’ I n stea d of a conjunction like our ‘b ut ,’

the con struction s with m a or the conces sive form s

de scribed in 1 45 a re preferred . See a l sounder ga , 1 2 3.

At the begin ning of a senten ce , b ut’

m ay b e rende red

by shika shi, shika shin aga ra ,da tte

,daga ,or demo.

‘Thereis b ut one ,

hitotsu shika nai.

1 5 1 .

‘Ca n,

’ ‘cou ld .

’ ‘I ca n go,’

iku kotoga dehira ,

ika reru ;‘you ca n go,

(perm ission), ittemoy a roshi; ca n’

t

you com e oide na sa ru wa ke uizoa m airim a seni. ka P;

‘I cou ld not com e ,’

kuru kotozoa dekim a sena nda , kora re

m a sen z‘t’

d’

a tta .

1 5 2 .

‘I f. ’ ‘I f ’ is u sua l ly expres sed by on e of the

Condition a l or Hypothetica l termina tion s of Verbs , the

pa rticip le a nd zoo, or the indica tive with toki zoa or to.

Page 171: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 64 ENGL I SH WORD S INTO JAPANESE .

1 5 7 .

‘Shou ld . ’ ‘I f a ny one shou ld com e ,’

m

oshimo

k l'

ioga kita m ;‘ifyou had not fi red , I shou ld have been

kil led ,’

a na ta wa teppowouta na kereba , wa ta kz‘iski wa

inoclzi wo tom rete shim a u no da ; ‘you shou ld go a t

once ,’

sugu'

nioide na sa ru ga yoka ro‘

;‘if tha t shou ld

h a ppen ,’

moshisoin kotoga a tta toki ui run ;‘if I had

tim e , I shou ld go,’

him a ga a tta ra , iko‘

ga . See a l so‘ought ’

a nd ‘m u st . ’

1 5 8 .

‘Tha t . ’ Tha t ’

a s a conj un ction is u sua l ly to

(see Plea se te l l (you r m a ster) tha t it is som ebodywhoha s a t rifling reque st tom ake of him ,

szikoshigoira i

no suji ga a tte m aitta monodo toko‘

itta kure. O ther

modes of rendering ‘tha t ;’ ‘I am sorry tha t I did not

do so soone r,’

hay a ku shi-na ka tta ga za nnau da ;‘take

ca re tha t it does not ca tch fire ,’

higa ka ka m na i yom'

yojin shiro. For‘tha t ’

a s a re la tive a nd a s a demon stra

tive pronou n see 2 0 , 2 1 a nd 2 8 .

g 1 5 9 . Think ’

is in J a pa nese omou . I think of going ,’

iko'

toomozt , ika ka toomou . Other way s of t ra n s la ting

think : wha t doyou think of doing,’

ib aga n a sa ru tsumori

deszi ‘I think he ha s com e ,’

mokim a shita toomotte iwa sa ,

mo“

kim a shita ro; ‘I think he wil l go,’

ikim a sz‘z ‘I

don ’ t think it is rea dy ,’

m a da shita ka wa delcim a szim ai.

1 60 .

‘To.

For to’

a s a preposition with noun s see

ni, y e a nd m a de, Ch . IX ., 1 2 1 , 1 34 and 1 1 8 .

Where it is u sed with verbs toform a n infinitive mood‘to m u st be va riou s ly t ra n s la ted a ccording to cir c um

sta nces , a s I am una b le togo,’

iku kotoga dekinai;‘I

wa nt togo,’

ikitai ‘I have togo,’

z'

ka neb a na ra n fi ;‘it

is toola te togo,’

mo“

ikn m'

ma osoi; doyou in ten d togo?’

iku tsumorilea te l l him togo,’

ike toitte okure ‘te l l him

tosend m e som e money ,’

ka ne wookuru youilza na shite

Page 172: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

ENGL ISH WORD S INTO JAPANE SE . 1 65

knre ;‘it is ea sy togo,

Newkotowa y a sni he promised

tocom e ,

[mm toy a kz’

isoku shim ‘it is a rra nged tha t he is

togo,’

ikn kotoui kim a fia ;‘he ha s gone tob uy ,

kai ni

itta ;‘it won ’ t dotobe la te ,

’ osokzi te ma ikenai.

1 61 . Wa nt .

’ I wa nt money ,’

ka ne ga iru ; I wa nt

togo,’

ikitai;‘I don ’t wa n t togo,

{kita /cu na i;‘doyou

wa nt this ? bore ma, 0 iriyo( 105 12 [ca 9, [core wa hos/ti lea 3

‘I wa n t tob uy ,’

Icainikimoshita .

1 62 .

‘Wou ld ‘He said he wou ld go,’

ikn (or fled)toz

tta ;‘I thought you Wou ld b e here ,

kokonioide n a sa rn

d’

a rotoonzotta I wou ld have com e today b ut Izonnicki

1 mm nodeshita ga‘ifhe cam e , wha t

'would you do,’

kita m don a sam ;‘it wou ld have been better if he ha d

gone ,’

itta Ito“

ga yok’

a tta , ittam yok’

a tta .

‘I wou ld get som e tea rea dy , on ly the fire ha s goneout ,

cha moirernnda (irern no do) ga , hi ga Iciy ete

shim a tta ;‘ifm y fa ther had been a live , I am su re he wou ld

h a ve been p lea sed ,’ ottotsnsa n gozo7wna ra , oyorokobi

na saima sho‘

.

Page 173: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER X I I .

HONOR I F I C AND H UMBLE FORMS.

1 63 . O ne of the chief diffi cu l tie s which con fron t the

foreigner whose am bition it is to Spea k J a pa ne se with

a ccu ra cy a nd propriety is the u se of the honorific a nd

hum b le form s of expre ssion . G ram m a tica l ru les , however,

gob ut a short way in tea ching their use , and m uch m u st

be left tothe studen t ’s experien ce a nd observa tion .

It m ay b e taken tha t the honorific form s a re chiefly a p

pr0 pria ted toverbs , noun s , a nd pronoun s in the second

person , though they a re a l sou sed in speaking respectfu l lyof a bsent person s . The hum b le form s be long tothe fi rst

person , a nd the polite te rm ina tion m a siZ is u sed indis

crim in a tely with a ll th ree person s .

It wil l be seen be low tha t there is a con sidera b le va rietyofhonorific a nd hum b le expression s , va rying a ccording tothe ra nk of the person a ddressed . But even in Speaking tothe sam e person , form s , the neg lect ofwhich on a fi rst in

troduction or on other form a l occa sion s wou ld b e a gros s

brea ch of decorum , m ay b e d ropped withou t offen ce in the

hea t of a n a rgum ent ,or in the freedom of more fam ilia r in

tercourse . Wom en use honorifics more tha n m en ,a nd they

a re les s frequent in dependent tha n in prin cipa l c la u ses .

§ 1 64 . Respect a nd humility a re indica ted in the fol

lowing way s

Page 175: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 68 HONOR IF I C AND HUMBLE FORMS.

lower ra n kgoka na z of“M " ofiicial.

oku sa n gen t lemen0 1 m sam a of ka nai.gon aishits u rank .

O ld -fa shioned peop le sometim es say ga sai(‘stupid wife ’

)for their own wives .

Another’s husb and. One’sown husb and.

da nna . tsure-ai(by the lower class) .teishi(familiar). da rm a or teishi.

goteishi. y ado.

But in genera l the hu sba n d ’ s su rnam e is u sed both in

a ddres sing the wife a nd by her in Speaking of her hu sba nd ,in the form er ca se with sun a dded , in the la tter withou t sa n

Another’s fa ther. O ne’s own fa ther.

gosompu .

ototsn sun (tochildren). chichi.

Another’s mother. One’

s own mother.

goboka. ha ha .

haha sama . 0 fnkuro.

okka ra n ( tochildren ). okka (by children ).

gofi lm (when aged).

Another’s grandfa ther. O ne’

s own gra ndfa ther.

gosofa sam a .

O ff ” w hochildren .

o] t sa n

Another’s grandmother. One’s own grandmother.

gosobo. sobo.

0 ba ra n (tochildren) . ba ba .

Another’s b rother. One’s own b rother.

0 am’

sa n ( e lder). ( mi.

gosankei do

gosha teisama (younger). otato.

gosha tei do.ototogo do.

Page 176: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

HONOR IF I C AND HUMBLE FORM S.

Another’s sisterf One’sown Sister.

0 one San (elder). one.

one sun .

0 imatogo(younger) .

Another’s son .

goshisoku.

omnsfikosan .

daugh ters).

gosorié (e ldest).gojina n (second).

gosa nna n (third).

Another’s daughter. One’s own daughter.

gosokujo. musz'ime.

onzusfime go.

0 ja sa n .

s a nd ob a a re u sed for one ’s own unc le a nd a unt the

sam e words fol lowed by sa n or sam a for a nother’ s .

Oi a nd m ei a re u sed forone ’ s own nephew a nd niece

oigosam a a nd onzeigosa nza for a nother’ s .

Another’ s fa ther-in -law a nd mother-in -law a re Shin togo,shiutome go one ’ s own sim p ly Shin to, Shiutome

Simila rly on e’ s own son -in -law is m nko

,a nother’ s

om nko sa n ; da ughter-in -law (own ) yom e or (a nother’ s)

oyom e go gra ndchild (own) m agoor (a nother’s) om ago

cou sin (own ) itokoor (a nother’s) oitoko; a dopted son ,

(own ) yo'

slzior (a nother’ s) goyoshi. Sa n 0 r sam a m ay b e

a dded toa ny of the a bove honorific form s .

Children , a nd tosom e extent wom en , a dd ra n in speak

ing of their own e lder re la tions . They say , for in sta n ce ,a ne son for my e lder sister ,

’ okka sa n for m y m am m a .

The word s u sed of one ’ s own re la tion s m ay a l sobe u sed

of the re la tion s of third person s towhom noSpecia l respect

is due , or even of the re la tives of the person a ddressed

when the la tter is of a ra nk decided ly inferior tothe speaker.

iméto.

O ne’s own son .

seg a re.

mnsiiko.

kodomo( a lsoe iJ .

jinan .

sa nna n .

Page 177: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 7 0 HONOR IF I C AND HUMBLE FORM S.

Toone ’ s se rva nt, one say s omay e nochichior amay e no

oy ajifor you r fa ther .’

Sega re a nd g a sai ca n on ly be u sed of one’ s own son ,

a nd one ’ s own wife .

1 66. Honorific a nd hum b le verbs . Honorific verbsa re of twokind s (a ) whe re a whol ly differen t word is substitu ted for the ordina ry verb a nd (b) where the ca u sa tive

or potentia l (pa ssive) verb is put in stea d of the Sim p le

verb, on the princip letha t it is more respectfu l tosay tha t

a person ha s ca u sed a thing to b e done or ha s been a b le

todoit tha n m erely tha t .he h a s done it . H um b le verb s

be long exc lu sive ly tothe fi rst of these twoc la s ses .

Exam p les .

(61 )Hum b le.

I ta sn ortsnkam a tsurn

I ku, togo M airn

Ta bern , toea tOm an , tothin k

Daits a noKatei g a The Germ an Em peror is dead .

Germ any EmperorShin arem a sh5 la .

wa s a b le todie .

D aijin g a dera rcm a shita . His Exce l lency (used of Mi

H'E'nistersof Sta te) ha s gone out.

Hinwini He died a violen t dea th.

without comm and ( i. e .

shina rem a shita .

Heaven) died.

0 m a chia sa b a se. Be p leased towait .

Honorific .

Nusuru ora sob a sn .

O ide na sam orzra ssha rn .

Ossha rn .

K nda sam orta m a n .

Mcshi-ag arn .

O boskimcsn .

Page 179: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 7 2 HONOR IF I C AND HUMBLE FORM S.

h a ve becom e so a s simila ted tha t their C hine se origin is

overlooked , a n d they a re nolonge r recognized a s stra ngers .

They therefore take the n a tive prefix , while on the oth er

h and one or twoJ a pa nese word s have com e tob e som e

tim es preceded by go. Ex . 0 ta kn ,

‘you r hou se ;

0 ky a ku ,

‘a guest ;

0 tokei, ‘you r wa tch ;’

gowaitomo,‘you a re

right ;’

go (or 0) y nrnri to,‘a t you r ea se

(in pressing a

guest tostay longer).

A ve ry common use ofois with the stem s ofverbs in the

s econ d pe rson fol lowed by the honorific verbs n a sa rn or

a sob a sn a s oka shina sa re ‘lend ,’ oka slzi na sa tte knda sa re,

‘p lea se b e kind enough to lend m e ,’ om ao/ti a sob a se, ‘b e

good enough towait , Sir.

This com bin a tion is ve ry common in the im pera tive mood

when na sa re is som etim e s contra cted intonoor even omitted

a ltogether . But in such ca se s the honorific force a lmost

en tire ly disa ppea rs . O m a c/iina or 0 m a chi‘wait ’

wou ld

on ly b e u sed toserva n ts or m em be rs ofone’ s own fam ily .

0 is a l sou sed before the stem fol lowed by the hum b le

word m dsn in the fi rst person , sotha t this con st ru ction

com prise s a n expres sion of respect for the pe rson a ddre ssed

with a hum b le refe ren ce toonese l f. Ex . 0 nega imoshim a sii‘I a sk a fa vor ofyou , 0 ta nomimosu

i‘‘I p ray you .

0 m ay a l sob e u sed with a dj ective s . Ex . 0 sam un goza rim a s/to‘I am su re you a re cold ,

0 wa kogoza rzm a su ‘youa re young .

I n the com pound goza rinza sz‘ior gozaim a sii, socommon

a s a polite substitute for the verb a rn tob e ,’

gois not a

honorific pa rtic le indica tive of respect tothe pe rson whois

the su bject of the ve rb , b ut like m a sii,its u se im p lies

This phra se or 0 ta nom a , ta nom a or 0 ta namimoshimasiiis ca lled out by thewa ter toa J a panese house instead ofknockingor ringing a bell.

Page 180: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

HONORI F I C AND HUMBLE FORMS . 1 73

cou rtesy to the person a ddress ed wha tever m ay b e the

nomin a tive toit . When we say wa ta kzv

ishide goza zm a su

‘it is I ,’

a re de gozaim a su it is he ,’

there is noin ten tion of

spea king honorifica lly of onese l f or of him ; the courtesyim p lied by the use ofgois a ll intended for the benefit of the

person a ddressed .

1 68 . HONOR IF I C SUFF IXE S .

The Plura l Suflixes ga ta a nd ta chi a nd in a less degree

Shin h ave a modera te ly honorific force : m a nd domoa re

u sed when nohonorific m ea ning is in tended .

Sam a, the origin a l m ea ning of which is a ppea ra n ce ,

is

u sed a fter the nam e, description or tit le in a dd re ssing or in

speaking respectfu l ly of superiors , more especia l ly by

Serva nt s to their m a sters , a nd by t ra de speop le to their

cu stom ers . It indica tes m u ch the sam e degree of re spect

a s our ‘Sir.

’ Ex . D a nna sa m a Sir,’

a na ta sa m a

’ ‘you r

honour,’

Ta keda sam a M r. Ta keda , 0 1 m sa m a‘the honou r

a b le in terior of the hou se ,’

i.e .

‘the la dy of the hou se ,’

ko‘

shi

sa m a‘the Minister

,

Tenshisam a‘the Mika do,

’ oTen tosam a

‘the sun,

tono sa m a (tod aimios)‘you r Lord s hip .

It is a l sou sed with a few other words , a s go[eurosa m a

tha nks for you r troub le ,’ osewa sam a I am m uch ob liged

toyou .

Kochira sam a , a c/zim sam a a re high ly respectfu l

expression s for kochira , a chira .

Sa n , a con tra ction of sam a , corresponds rough ly toourMr. ,

M rs . or Mis s . It is u sed chiefly between equa l s , occasion a lly tosuperiors a nd even toinferiors when on e wishestob e civil . It is not u sed with referen ce toone ’ s own

re la tion s or in a ddressing one ’ s own serva n ts . My fa ther

is not oy ajisa n b ut sim p ly oy aji. Sa n m ay b e a dded either

tothe per son a l nam e or tothe su rnam e . In the ca se of

wom en 0 is u sua l ly prefixed a t the sam e tim e , when the

Page 181: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 74. HONOR IF I C AND HUMB LE FORMS.

pe rson a l nam e is u sed , a s 0 Ta ra sun‘Mis s Tora .

To

one’ s own se rva n t or wife the persona l n am e with or

without 0 is u sed . A wife doe s not Speak of or ca l l her

husb a nd— sun ; a concubine does . In speaking of her

hu sba nd in the third person , a wife gene ra l ly say s y a do‘the hou se ’ or teislzin (pron . teishi),

‘husba nd .

Sa n is not

u sed toone ’ s friend ’ s se rva n ts . But to the se rva n ts of

stra ngers don Shou ld b e u sed in stea d of sa n .

‘Ma dam e ’

is 0 1 m sa n or in a lower c la ss of Society 0 kami sa n .

M a demoise l le ’

is ojosa n or onznsnnze go. I n the

third person for M rs . A A sa n no go

ka na ior sa i/cnn is the proper expres sion . Sa n is m uch

u sed a fter n am es of t ra des a nd profession s , a s daiku sa n

‘the ca rpen te r,’

b a n tosa n‘the m ercha nt ’ s c le rk ,

isha

sa n‘the doctor,

’ both in the second a nd in the third

person .

Child ren use toea ch other the fi rst pa rt of the persona l

n am e with or without sa n . One ’ s own m a le se rva n ts a re

a ddres sed by their persona l n am es which a re mostlya bbrevia ted , a s Tsune for Tsunesa b nro. Litt le boy s u p

tofive or Six a re ca l led be cha n (for bo‘

sa n).

Donois litt le u sed in speaking b ut its con tra ction don is

u sed in a ddressing or in speaking of the se rva n t s ofothers ,a l soby fem a le serva n ts a nd b a n tos (m ercha n t ’ s c le rks) to

ea ch other.

K a n is the word in use by students for M r It is fam ilia r,like the use of the ba re su rn am e in Eng lish . The su rn am e

withou t a ny a ddition is a n exceedingly familia r form of

a ddress , a nd is litt le u sed .

As a n exam p le of the use of these suffixes , take you r

se rva n t . His fu l l nam e is I keda Tora kichi, I keda being

the su rnam e a nd Tora kiclzithe persona l nam e . You wil l

Page 183: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 7 6 HONOR IF IC AND HUMBLE FORMS.

Nouns .

A . Go shin (for sa ke) wa

ikaga de goza rima sz'i B . Hai,

how is

eltadai

receiveitashim a sho.wil l do

0 tsumuri(for a tama ) ka ra sa kihead from first

uiita shim asholeaSha l l do

Gozen (for mes/ti) ga (felti

m ea lm a shita .

Go zen tsub n de tsnkete

boiled rice grains having0 knre.

stuck give

A. Ya goha n wa m ad a de

goz aim a sn lea B . H e ; y i'

i-maslzi

we: mada desn.

sa ke ?som e .

A. May I offer you som eB . Thanks, I wil l ta ke

Sha l l I doyour head first ,Sir ? (a sham pooer asks).

Dinner (b rea kfast or supper) isready , Sir.

S tick it on with some boiledrice .

A . Have you not had supper

yet? B . No, not yet.

Ve rb s .

O maelrimb‘shite (hum b le for

wait doingshite) orim a shita .

rem ained

Ka ta lan go ehiukokn mashi

ha rd a dvice dom a sfi (hum b le for snrn).

Go leonrei a sob a sa nai(honom a rriage donot

rif. for snru) nchi.

within

0 suki a soba sn anga ku.

like do m usic

Oki-tam ay e.

put give

0 rei woo uke mosu hodothanks receive doamoun t

nokoto de u m gozaim a sen fi.

thing is not

I was waiting for you.

I strongly advise you .

Before you perform the m arriage .

The m usic which your Lordship is sofond of.

Have done. lan

guagel

I t is not worth being tha nkedfor.

(studen t’

s

Page 184: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

HONOR IF I C AND; HUMBLE FORMS. 1 7 7

O him a no toki oha na shi When you have time , p lea seleisure tim e ta l k

com e a nd have a cha t .niira ssha tte (for kite) knda sare.

having com e give

Dona ta de ira sshaim a sa lea P May I ask whoyou are , Sir

who a re (for a rn)

N a n ’

to osshaim a shz’

ta 2 Wha t did you say , Sir ?

wha t say (for itta )

Mioniehiokay eslzimoshima sz’

i. I wil l re turn it tomorrow .

tomorrow re turn do

H aiken shitemo May I see it ?see having done even

(for mitemo) ii nodesiika 2

good is it

H aisha kn shite Would it b e a ny harm if Iborrow having done borrowed it

wa rnilea 9

b ad

Honorific P r efixe s .

O toshia m 0 ikntsn ui o Wha t age are you ?year how m any

na ri na sa ru

b ecom e do

0 toshinishite a m 0 ta ssha You are a robust m an for youryear rob ust

de goza rima sz‘i.

is

age .

0 medetogoza rima sii.b eautiful

0 y akama shin gozarima shita .

noisy

Ma kotoniosewa da .

tru ly troub le

O a tsnn goza rimasfi.

hot

0 shidznka niira sshaim a se. Goin peace. (toa departingquiet ly b e , goor com e . guest).

Da nna rent 0 nehi lea 9 Is your m aster a t hom e ?m aster within

I b eg tocom p lim en t you. (a new

year’s gree ting , a lsoused a t wed

dings etc .)

I have b een m aking myse l f anuisan ce toyou .

I am m uch ob liged toyou (saidironica l ly or toin feriors).

I t is hot.

Page 185: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 78 HoN0 R1F1 c AND ‘HUMBLE FORM S.

Okn sama tea 0 nehilea Is your mistress at hom e ?

He, 0 rusn de goza rima sii. No, he (or she) has gone out .a b sen t

0 deka ke de goza rima sfi . Ditto.

O uramiuiwa zonj tm asem‘z. I don ’ t ha te you for it .

ha te not thin k

Ana ta ma 0 wa kai kam . Because you are young .

you a re young because

An a ta noa ka ngaye de too. In your opinion .

Opinion with

O kage de. Than ks toyou.

shadow with

0 jam a moita shim ashita .

in terference did

Dolzoniosum aidesz“; kawhere dwe l l is

Otokono0 kodesiilea ; onnam a le child is fem a le

no0 ko desfi. lea ?child

Da nna ! o m nkai nim airi I have com e tom ee t you , Sir.

m a ster m ee t h avem a shita .

com e

0 m aehina sa re .

Koko ui kite o kurehere having come give(na sa re).

0 a ki ui na ttam wa ta Won ’ t you lend it tom e whenem p ty when b e cam e

kfishini lens/rite lenrenn ka 2

m e having len t give not

you have done with it ?

0 tsnkisama nisupport da .

moon tortoise

Yokn oiad znne kudasa tta .

we l l visit have given

0 leinodoku sama .

mind of poison

0 m aehidodeshila . I have kep t you waiting .

I apologize for having in terrupted you.

Where doyou (or your fa ther,m aster e tc .) live ?

Is it (your friend’

s child) a boyor a girl

I t is as differen t as cha l k fromcheese .

Than k you ,for coming to

see m e.

I am sorry for you.

Page 187: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 80

A. Uy eki-

y a sa n ! kono ki

ga rdener this treewa ka rern ja nai lea ? B.

witherHe ! a ehira sam a y e

there tony e

-kay em asho.p lan t change .

Da nna sama ui mashi-wa kem a ster excuse

g a gaza rim a senn.

sa n nogobiakida ughter-in -law il lness

wa ikaga de gazaim asaP

how

Kouo fnjinla dies

g a ta 10 0

a nn ai

guidan celeinsoknjo ye gorestingp la ce tomashi-agera .

do

1 7 1 .

HONOR IF I C AND HUMBLE FORM S.

A. Gardener ! is not this treedying

? B. Yes. Sir ; I ’ l l tra nsp lan t it over there .

My conduct has been inexcusa b le , Sir.

How is your daugh ter-in -law ?

Show these ladies tothe waitingroom .

The word com e ! (im p . mood) in a gra dua l lya scending sca le of re spect towa rd s the person a ddressed .

K ai.

O ide .

O ide na .

0 ide nasa re.

I ra sshare.

0 ide n asa rem a se.

I ra ssha rem a se

O ide asa base.

O ide asa b ashim ase.

Tochildren or anim a ls , a nd to

servan ts, coolies etc . in givingshort orders.

Familiar.

Ordinary form among equals.

Tosuperiors.

To persons m uch superior inran k .Exceedingly respe c tful .

I f the word ‘pleaSe’

is introduced , the sca le wil l be a s

fol lows

Page 188: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

HoNOR IFIc AND HUMBLE FORM S. 1 8 1

Kite knre na .

Kite oknre.

K t tam ay e. Studen t ’s language .

Kite lenda sa re.

O ide lenda sa re.

O ide na sa tte knd asa re.

O ide woneg a z'

maszi.

I ra ssha tte knda sa re.

I ra ssha tte lenda sainza se.

1 7 2 . CONTEMPTUOUS FORM S OF EXPRE SSION .

Som e noun s have a contem ptuou s force , a s tsa ra m ug ,

for lzawa ‘fa ce ,’

y a tsu‘fe l low,

for kita ‘m a n .

Exam p l es of Contem ptuous Ve rb s a re

Knu or knra n , toea t ’ for ta bern .

Usern , togoaway for iku.

K etsnka rn ,

‘tob e for am or am .

Aga rn with the stem s of verbs is a contem ptuou s a ux

ilia ry , a s leana b a ka y a rd m e na ni wa nn lea shi-aga rn ?

‘Wha t is this fool gabb ling a bou t ?

M e is u sed a fter nou n s a s a con tem ptuou s su ffix , a s clii

lez‘isltom e bea st ,

am a m e‘hu ssy ,

b era bom e‘scoundre l ,

y a rd me low fe l low.

Page 189: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER X I I I .

SYNTAX.

ORDER OF WORDS IN A SENTEN CE .

1 73 . The fi r st p la ce in a J a pa nese senten ce is occupi

ed , by the nomin a tive ca se , the next by the indirect objectofthe verb or by a noun fol lowed by a postposition , the third

by the direct object of the verb (a ccu sa tive ca se) a nd the

la st by the verb or the a dj ective in the verba l form . Ex .

Wa ta lensliiwa nehinita b a kowonom a n z‘i,I don ’t smoke

(lit . drink’

) toba c coin the hou se tenkiwa sa knjitsn lza ra

a tsni, the wea ther is hot Since yesterday .

Exception . I n com pa rison s the obj ect with which the

com pa rison is m a de is u sua l ly , b ut not a lway s , put fi rst .

Ex . Kana y am a y aria re ma ta leai,‘this mountain is higher

tha n tha t .

1 7 4 . Qua lifying word s or ph ra ses precede the word s

which they qua lify . Thu s

(a ) The a djective a nd the verb in the a ttributive form

precede the noun towhich they be long , a s y aroshi ltito,a good m a n ,

lea rn kita the m an whocom es . ’

(b) The a dverb precedes the verb , a djective or a dverb

which it qua lifies , a s ga len lzay a len ve ry ea rly ,’

gokn hay ai‘ve ry ea rly ,

lzay a kn leai com e quick.

(c) The noun fol lowed by the possessive pa rtic le noor ga

precedes the nou n towhich it is joined , a s ln'

ta noclzilea ra‘a m a n ’s strength ,

kin notakei‘a gold wa tch .

Page 191: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 84 SYNTAX .

IND IRE CT NARRAT ION .

1 80 . I n Europea n la nguages , a senten ce when reportedby a nother person cha nges its form con sidera b ly . I f I say‘I wil l go,

a nother person in reporting m y prom ise , say s‘he said he wou ld go,

’ ‘wil l ’ being cha nged in to‘wou ld ,’

a nd he’ su b stitu ted for I . ’ In J a pa nese nocha nge ta ke s

p la ce , a nd the fa ct tha t the sen ten ce is a quota tion is in

dica ted sim p ly by the pa rtic le top la ced a fter it . Thus ‘I

wil l go is ikn he said he wou ld go is ikn toiinza shita .

See to, p . 1 46.

APOSIOPESIS .

1 8 1 . The J a pa nese a re very fond of breaking off a

sentence in the midd le leaving the rem ainder tob e under

stood . This habit of theirs exp lain s m a ny a ppa rent

a nom a lies .

Examp l e s .

0 rnsn na ra , sa shi-aleide I f he is ab sen t , it wil l b ea b sen t lf ls leave

sufficien t to leave it , so (don’ t

y aroshi ka ra (ma tte kayernna ). b ring it b ack again).is good because

D aikn wa yonde Ca l l a carpen ter.

carpen ter having ca l led

(a kure).give

0 lenre is itse l f an exam p le of this practice , na sa re b eing omitteda fter it.

D J zJ [ta nnin shite P lease have pa tience with m e .

p lea se pa tien ce having done

(kudasa re).

,C OORD INAT ION .

1 82 . The Ru le by which , when twoor more Verbs or

Adjectives a re coordina ted in a sentence , the la st on ly takes

the inflection or pa rtic le be longing toa ll, the others being

Page 192: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

SYNTAX . 85

put in the indefinite form , ha s been a l rea dy exp lained in

46 a nd 82 .

A som ewhat Simila r ru le a pp lies tonoun s . Pa rtic les

which be long tosevera l noun s a re not put with ea ch of

them , b ut on ly with the la st of the num ber . We donot

say for exam p le nia'

bo'

wokadomowa sn tete nigem a slzita

b ut nia‘

ba‘

leadamowosa iete nigem a shita ,

‘he ra n away

a ba ndoning his wife and children .

Page 193: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER XIV .

T IME , MONEY, WE IGHTS AND'MEASURES .

YEARS.

1 83 . The J a pa nese have twomodes of reckoning yea rs .O ne is by m ea n s of a cyc le of twe lve yea rs , towhich the

nam es of the twe lve Sign s of the J a pa nese zodia c have beengiven . These sign s a re

1 87 6 N e, the ra t .

1 87 7 Uslzi, the bu l l .1 87 8 Ta ra , the tiger.1 87 9 U (for n sagi) the ha re .1 880 Ta tsu , the dra gon .

1 88 1 Mi, the serpent .

1 882 Miim a , the horse .

1 883 Hitsnji, the goa t .1 884 Sam , the monkey .

1 885 Tori, the cock .

1 886 I nn , the dog .

1 887 I , the wild boa r.1 888 is again N e

, a nd soon .

This mode of reckoning is not m uch u sed now exceptin referring tothe yea r ofone

’ s birth .

The other p la n is by m ea n sof periods of u ncertain lengthdistinguished by a Specia l n am e (nenga). These period s

were form erly fixed a rbit ra rily , b ut it ha s been a nnounced

tha t in futu re they'

will coincide with the reign s of theMika dos . The present yea r ( 1 888) is the 2 1 st yea r of

Meiji. The J a pa nese yea r now coincides with ourown a nd

begin s on the rst J anua ry .

Page 195: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 88 T IME , MONEY , WE IGHTS AND MEASURE S .

The a bove num era l s m ay a l sob e u sed when a num ber ofday s is m ea nt , a nd not the day of the month . For‘on eday however we m u st say ieliiniclzinot tsuita chi. Misolra

is u sed for the la st day of the month on wha tever day itm ay fa l l .

186. The day s of the week a re

Sunday , Nielziy a”

b i.

Monday , Getsn yo“

b i.

Tue sday , K a yobi.Wedne sday , Sniy a

'

bi.

Thursday , Molzn yo‘

bi.

F riday , Kin yob iSa tu rday , Doya b i.

Bi (for hi)‘day

is often omitted . Thus for‘Sunday’

one m ay say either Niclziyo'

b ior Nicliiy a“

.

The month is a l sodivided intoth ree jun , the fi rst ten day s

being ca l led ja'

ja n , the secon d chinjun , a nd the third gejnn .

HOURS.

1 87 . The J a pa nese h ave now a dopted the Europea n

division of the day . For ‘one o’c lock ’

they say iclziji, for‘twoo’ c lock niji,

‘th reeo’ c lock sa n j t ,‘fou ro’clock ’*

yoji

a nd soon .

‘One hou r ’ is ielii-ji-ka n ,‘twohou rs ’

niji

lea n etc. Min utes a re ca l led fun , a nd seconds bia Thu s

five minu tes a nd th ree seconds pa st Six ’

is rakn J t ga fnn

sam bid.

MONEY .

§ 1 88. 1 00 sen= 1 yen .

The y en is a Silver coin worth a t the present ra te of excha nge a bout three Eng lish shil lings . It is the equiva lent

of the Mexica n dol la r which ha s disa ppea red from circu la

tion in J a pa n .

See p . 37 .

Page 196: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

T IME,MONEY , WE IGHTS AND MEASURE S . 1 89

MEASURE OF LENGTH .

1 89. 1 0 rin I b n1 0 b it 1 sun

1 0 snn 1 slia kn

6 sha kn I ken

1 0 slia kn 1 ja60 ken 1 Clio36 0720

1 ii

The slza kn or ka neslia kn m ay be taken a s equa l tooneEng lish foot . More a ccu ra te ly , it is in ches .

The ken is nea rly Six Eng lish feet inches).

The iiis equ a l to Eng lish m iles .

The him is not m uch u sed for a ccu ra te m ea su rem ents .

It m ay b e taken a s equa l toa bou t 5 feet , a nd like our‘fa thom is chiefly u sed in Speaking of the depth ofwa ter.

For na u tica l pu rposes , the Eu ropea n G eogra phica l mile

(kai-ri) is u sed .

DRY GOODS MEASURE .

1 90 . For m ea su ring dry goods , a sha kn (ca l led the

knjiraja kn)of inche s is u sed . The Eng lish ya rd ispretty genera l ly known .

J apa ne se cotton a nd silk good s a re u su a l ly m a de u p in

piece s of a litt le over rog yds (ta n) or of twice tha t

length (liiki).

SUPERF I C IAL OR LAND MEASURE .

1 9 1 . 30 tsn b a 1 se

1 0 se 1 ta n

1 0 ta n 1 eha‘

The tsnbo, which is the ordina ry unit, ofm ea su rem ent is

6 ka nesha kn squa re or a bout sq . yds . The eho’

is equa l

to a cres .

Page 197: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 90 T IME,MONEY , WE IGHTS AND MEASURE S.

WE IGHT .

1 92 . 1 0 rin 1 fnn

1 0 fun 1 momm e

1 0 0 m amm e lzy a kn-m e

1 0 00 nzomm e kamm e

1 60 m amuze 1 kin

Thefnn is equa l to grain s avoirdupois the kam

m e to lbs . a voirdupois . The lzy a kz’

i-kin or picu l ( 1 0 0kin) is the weigh t common ly u sed in comm ercia l tra n sa c

tion s with foreigners . It is equa l to lbs . avoir

dupois , b ut is u sua l ly taken a s if the kin were 1 s; lbs .

MEASURE OF CAPAC ITY .

1 93. 1 0 sai 1 sha kn

1 0 slza kn 1 go1 0 go 1 ska

1 0 ska"

1 to

1 0 to 1 kakn

This m ea su re is u sed for liquids a nd grain . The slid is

397 of a ga l lon . A slza'

of rice weigh s a bou t 2&kin . The

kakn is u sed for junks ’ m ea su rem ent . One koku is equa l

toa bou t2

17of a ton or picu l s .

1 94. All the word s in the a bove ta b les , except lzira a nd

tsnbo, a re of Chine se origin , a nd a re a ccom pa nied by Chin

ese num era l s on ly . See Cha p . V .

Page 199: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

CHAPTER XV I .

EXTRACTS.

The fol lowing extra cts are intended chiefly toil lu stra te

the use of honorifics . They a re ta ken from mode rn

J a pa nese nove l s , the conversa tion s in which a re in the

col loquia l sty le, the na rra tive pa rt being in the written

la ngua ge . Yeizelia’

s nove l s , which a re en tire ly com posed in

the Spoken la nguage, a re a n exception . Yenelza is the best

known pub lic story -te l ler of Tokio, a nd a n am a nuen sis

takes down his ta les exa ctly a s he de livers them .

The num ber of la dy students of J a pa nese is inc rea sing ,a nd it m ay therefore b e convenien t tosta te tha t the storyca l led A snkagawa , the opening pa s sa ge ofwhich is givenin Extra ct V .

,is suita b le for their rea ding. The n a rra tive

pa rt , howeve r, is in the written sty le , a nd perha ps the

best p la n wil l b e not toa ttem pt to rea d it b ut toget a

Ja pa nese tea cher tore la te the Substa n ce ofit viva voce .

I .

Conversa tion with a Jin rikisha Coolie .

Fare. Oi! oi! K urnmaya ! miehig a ehigaiwa shinai ka ?

I say j inriksha m an road m ista ke not doCoolie. He, b e, M y , da g azai

in

s

im F . Da ka y e ik a ndaquite sa fe where to gois

(for ikn noda ) ka shitte am lea ?

S

C . He, zanjite arima sii

knowin g rem ain knowing rem ain

kaelzira k a ra m airim a shita ha ga chikainode gazaim a si (g amthis way from cam e side near is ra ttle

gam g a ra ) . F. Oi! oi! Daga , dako da ka shittern

ra t tle ra tt le I say But where is knowing remain

Page 200: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

EXTRACTS.

lea ? C . He, he, Z ONJ Z te arimasii. (ga ra ga ra ) . F . Z a nj itaknowing rem ain ra tt le ra tt le knowing

a rn ja (for de u m) wa ka ra nai. Da ko y e iknnda ? C .

rem ain with is not in te l ligib le where to gois

He, he (g a ra g a ra ) . F . Kare ! m a tte knre to in

ra ttle ra t tle this having waited give tha t sayingui. (ga ra g a ra ga ra g a ra g a ra g a ra ) .

in ra ttle ra t tle ra ttle ra tt le ra tt le ra ttle

From a Ja pan ese nove l ca l led Skosaika tagi.

TRAN SLAT ION .

Fare . I say , j inriksha m an ! are not you going the wrong way ?Coolie. Yes , Sir, it is a ll righ t , Sir. F . Doyou know Where youa re going ? Yes, Sir, I know , this is the short roa d (ra ttle , ra tt le).F . I say , b ut doyou know where it is (I am going) ? C . Yes ,

Sir, I know . (ra ttle , ra tt le). F . I don ’ t unders ta n d wha t youm ea n with your ‘I know.

’ Where is it you a re going ? C . Yes ,

Sir (ra t tle , ra ttle). F . Look here ! wait , I te l l you. (ra ttle , ra ttle ,ra t tle , ra ttle , ra t tle , ra ttle).

I I .

A La dy Tea cher is in form ed by one of her pupil s tha ta gent lem a n of ra nk ha s com e topay her a visit .

Pupil . O shishosama y e m ashi-agem a sii. Ta daim a Yagi

te acher say raise just nowwara sama goa ide ni na rim a shita ga , a ima y e a resin

com e b ecam e sitting room pa ssnzashim a sha ka 9 Tea cher. E ,

n a ni9 Yagiwa ra sa nia

(hum b le auxiliary) eh wha t0 , say ? desa ka 9 Im a y ari wa a no0i noOh so is it sitting-room ra ther tha n b a ck

ko- za shiki y e go a nnai m ashi-agete knda sai. Sore ka rasm a l l - parlour invita tion (hum b le aux.) p lea se tha t a ftersny e y e iitsiikete, a tamono shin nima ga shin wa da shite,servan t toordering suite of person s totoo sa ke put out

akn y e m a itsumo no a riori tea a m aehi

b a ck part of the house a lways of cooked food ta kena saiyo: H ay a kn na sa ra nfi to(iken ai) a isogi ka m a zanji

soon donot if ha ste even notm a send y a .

knowShinsonogajin .

Page 201: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 94 EXTRACTS.

TRANSLAT ION .

Pupil . Madam , I beg toin form you tha t Mr. Yagiwara has

jus t arrived. Sha l l I Show him in tothe sitting-room ? Tea cher,Eh ! wha t ? Mr. Yagiwara ha s Is tha t so? Don ’ t Showhim in tothe sit ting -room b ut in tothe sm a l l recep tion room a t

the b a ck of the house. Then te l l the servan ts tolet the peop leof his suite have som e sa ke , a nd b eing the usua l refreshm en ts to

the b a ck part of the house. You m ust be quick about it , for hem ay perhaps b e in a hurry .

Note the high ly respec tfu l form s sama , moshi-agern , used by the pupiltothe tea cher, and the honorific re feren ces tothe guest b y the use

ofsama , a ide nina rn , a tashimoshim a sho, goa nnai, orioria nd a isogi.

The tea cher’s language tothe pupil differs from tha t used toa servan ta s the form s desii, knda sai, a machina sai, na sa ra niiand zonjim asennShow. I t ha s an air of friendly condescen sion .

I I I .

A young m a n of the lower c la s s m eets a m ercha n t ’s sona s the la tter is going tothe ba th -hou se .

A. Takiuiwa ka -da nn a ! kare ka ra go niuto ni n a tte,

tim e young m a ster this from en ter b a th having be com e

sore k a ra donasa rn nodesz’

i.’ B . Uehiy e kay ern nosa . A. 0

tha t from how do IS house tore turnnehi y e okay eri ui n a tte, sore ka ra ? B. Asameslzi wohouse to re turn having b ecom e tha t from morning riceknn noy a . A. Asa gazen wa m eshi-aga tte, sore ka ra ?ea t morning m ea l having-pa rta ken of tha t fromB . Urnsaino; mise ni itte, a kina i wa sum nosa . A .

bothersom e shop tohaving gone b usiness doN a rnhada sonoa a kinai wa shite hi ga knrer n

b e com e quan tity tha t b usiness having done sun godownto9 B. Yn-meshi wa knn nosa . A. Sana go y i

'

tha n ga

when evenin g rice ea t tha t evening m ea lsnm n to, don a saima sii? B . Mise nowa kaimonowa aite

finish when how do shop young person partn erui (shite) ha na shidemo snrn noso. A. Sana ha na shiga snm n

ta l k even do tha t ta l k finishta 9 B. Urnsaino. haka ni shzka ta m a nai ka ra ,

when bothersom e ! e lse do-Side even is not be causenew noso.

gotobedMeijinkiyonofnra .

Page 203: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 96 EXTRACTS.

y a . R. Do ita shimashite—sare ja m aido neg a

(em pha tic part .) how having done we l l then every tim e t e

nn’desii ka ra , jissen niitad a kim a sho. H e, sore dey arashikn

questing is b ecause ten sen Wil l receive th a t With if good

b a he. C . Shika ta ga n ai ne ; m a tte a ide y a . R . Ariga todo-side is not having ta ken go tha n k

zonyzma sii: chodojissen ; m aido a rig a tozanjn na sfi. Kudzu y ayou exa c t ly ten sen every tim e than k you ragm an

de g azai. C . I ngona kndzn y a da na . R. Kudzu a m 0 ha raide

it is ha rd ragm a n rags se l l

g aza rimasen fi ha 9

is not

Kud zu y a nokaga .

TRAN SLAT ION .

Ra gm an . (ca l ls) The Ragm an ! Any rags for sa le !Custom er. I say , ra gm an ! won ’ t you ta ke this ?Yes, M a

’am ! p lea se let m e see it ; it is pre tty old, a nd dirty

b e sides ; yes , M a’

am ! how m uch sha l l I give you for it ?Doyou put a price on it.

Yes, Ma’

am . Would eigh t cen ts ?Don ’ t ta l k nonsen se tha t wa s a very pretty and expen sive thingwhen it wa s new and I can ’ t le t it gofor solittle a s tha t .

Yes, Ma’am Nodoub t it wa s a pre tty a nd expen sive thing when

it wa s new, and it is just b ecause it is cra pe tha t I wil l ta ke it from

you for eigh t sen , otherwise I rea l lyWe l l , I suppose you have a righ t tonam e your price , b ut Iwould have you know tha t I have som e thing tosay toit tooa nd

I won ’ t ta ke eigh t sen . M a ke it fifteen sen ; you wil l lose nothingby it.

Rea l ly , Ma’am , I cou ld’n t thin k We l l then , a s you are such

a good custom er, I wil l ta ke it from you for ten sen . I f tha t wil lsuit youWe l l ! it ca n ’ t b e he lped, ta ke it away .

Tha n k you , M a’

am , (here is your money)—just ten sen . Muchob liged for a ll your custom . (ca l ls) The Ra gma n !

How fond tha t ra gm an isof a hard b argain !Any rags for sa le ! Exit .

Page 204: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

EXTRACTS . 1 97

V .

A young engaged coup le view the p lum b lossom s a nd

listen tothe nigh tinga le .

She (from the garden). Ta keo sa n Ta keosa n I cha tto.

(persona l n am e) M 1 . a mom en tHe (from the house). Na nika a rim a shita ka 9 ; im a ikn tokoro

a nythin g wa s now go p la cedesii. (com es out). She. I ma m uko no m z

imeb ay a shi de

it is . now Opposite p lum grove in

ng nisn noha tsn na ga shita yo desii ka ra , kiki nin igh tinga le first note did m anner is b ecause hear to

ikim a sho. He . S ayodesii ka . Sore wa y a kai desiina so,let us go thus it is tha t p leasan t is com e

itte kikim asho. (A litt le la ter). O josa n ! a na ta wa 0

having gone let us hear Miss you

dam a shi de ma a rim a seniilea 9 Chitta mo ngnisn ga n a kideceiving is not a little even nigh tinga le singsm a seniine. She . Iye, sa kki y ai na wo shite, futanot noa while agogood voice havin g done two

kay e b a ka rin akima shita ka ra a na ta wa oy a bimoshita nodesii.cries on ly san g b ecause you ca l l did is

He . Sodesii ka 9 Shika shi n a n’da ka a te ui na ra

it is so b ut som ehow re lia n ce not

nai yo na ki ga shim a sfi n a. She . M a tta kn

b ecom e m a nner m ind does com p lete lysa kki naita koto wa n a kim a shita k ar a siikashi

a while ago sun g thing sung b ecause a little

m a tte ite mim a sho. He . Sanna ra kore [mm 111 6 iehijiwaiting rem aining Wil l see if so this from moreone hour

ka n hado m a tte n a ka na ka tta ra donasaim a sii. She . Sospa ce amoun t waiting ifshou ld not sing how do so

desa ne. Koshim a sho. Na n ’da ha hina ta y e deta ra

it is thus wil l do wha t is it sun shine to Since wen t outnado g a kawaita yo desii k a ra , ka he woii-tsiikethroa t b ecam e dry a ppearan ce it is b ecause coffee order

niikn otsukaiwoshima sho. He . Sarewa amashirai. Wa ta kiishi

togoyour m essenger wil l do tha t is am using Im a n a nda ka namimonoga hashilan na tta tokorodesiika ratoowha t is it drin k thing desirous have b ecom e p la ce is b ecauseShe. Sore de wa ta kz

ishinooyoku wa dekim a shita ga ; moshitha t With m y oflice ha s b een m ade if

The ngnisn is not a nigh tinga le b ut a b ird som ewha t resem b ling it.

Page 205: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

1 98 EXTRACTS.

naita ra a na ta wa dona saima sii. He . Sodesi‘ina. N aita ra

it should sing you how do soit is ifshould singwa ta kiishim a sono a tsukai niikim a sho. She . Sore wa ikem a

I a lso your m essenger a s wil l go tha t won ’ tseniiy a . Sana kotowa wa ta kiishig a ka ng ay eta nodesfi. ka ra .

do tha t thing I though t of is b ecauseHe. Sanna ra na n

demo a nazaminokotowa shim a sho. She .

if so a ny thing a t a ll your wish thing wil l doS a kki mite oide na sa tta wa ta shino n am ay era shi monoa while agoreading you were m y n am e resem b ling thingnoa tta a no a tegami woa mise n a sai n a . He . Yogazaim asii;wa s tha t le tter Show good it is

mashi naita ra a m e nika kema sho. She . Kitto desn ka 9

if it shou ld sing your eyeson willhang certain it is

He. Kitta a me nika kem a sn toma . She . Ima ga sa ka ricertain ly eyes on Wil l hang now ful l b lossom

desn na. He. Sodesz’i, ima ga choda midokara desiig a , jitsu niis so it is now exa c t ly see -p la ce it is trulym zim a wa hoka no ha na ta ehiga tte hin ga y ai ka rap lum other flowers from difl ering qua lity is good b ecausemirn htto nokokoro m ade shizen to kosho ni n a ru

see person heart a s far a s na tura l ly e leva ted b ecom e

yo desiina. She . Sayode gozaim a sfi. Hito no kosaim anner it is thus it is peop le in tercoursemo kore ta anaj i-ka ta de ma ta shin a da m a ko shite a na taga

a lsothis a s sam e thing b eing I etc . a lsothus doing you

ta noyona a ka ta to shijin a tsnki-ai wa shite iru

kindof gen tlem an with consta n tly a ssocia tion doingnode jib nn no ichi ga shizan toaga rn ka toamoim as zi yo.b y own position n a tura l ly rises thin k

He . Do shite ; wa ta kashina da wa sonn a wa ke nin'a m ai

how having done I etc . such rea son do

rim a senii ga : na n’de m a hita ma tam ada chi wa y era b n noga

not go (pause) anyhow peop le friends choosing

ka njin desii. Toki ni, a josa n ! tsiika nai kotoma 0 kikiim portan t is b y the way Miss not stick thing inquiremoshima sii g a , kono m ay e noNiehiyomoim a noNiehiyo ma

( hum b le aux .) this b efore Sunday now Sunday a lsoDuijin ma n

a nika oshira be monono yo desiz

His Exce l lency som e thing investiga tion appea ran ce is

ga , a kajim nki na o shira be desii ka . She . Iy e, wa ta shimohousehold investiga tion is no I too

y akn wa shirima seniz ga , a na ta mogozanji no toriwe l l donot know b ut you too know m anner

Page 207: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

EXTRACTS.

The p lum -trees are just now in fu l l b lossom .

Yes, now is exa ctly the tim e tosee them . Indeed the p lum isof

a qua lity so far surpa ssing other flowers tha t it na tura l ly e leva tesa s it were the minds of those wholook on it .You are righ t . And it is the sam e with the socie ty one keeps ;I fee l as if the position of a person like m yse l f were n a tura l ly raised

b y consta n t a ssocia tion in this way with gen tlem en like you .

Not a t a ll ! tha t is not soin my case. S til l peop le ough t tob every careful in their choice of friends. By the way , Miss ! to

change the sub jec t , I wan t to a sk you a question . Both lastSunday and today His Exce l len cy seem s tohave b een engagedin investiga ting som e thing ; is it som e priva te m a tter ?No, I rea l ly donot q uite

know, b ut as you wil l rem em b er, he ha s

b een in the ha bit of giving an en tertainm en t every yea r when the

p lum -trees are in ful l b lossom . When m y mother a sked him a boutit the other day ,

he said tha t un fortuna te ly he would b e preven tedfrom giving it this year b y an investiga tion which he had in hand .

V I .

A m an of high ra nk ta lks toa newly -engaged

serva n t .

M aster. Kare ! ka re ! Tem aye wa Kodznke ta mosu ka ?

this this you a re ca l led

Servan t . H ei, Tanasumu uiwa gokigen y arashin - wa ta kilshi

yes your Lordship hea l th good I

wa Kodznke tomoshima sii shinza n mono de gazaim a szi.

ca l led new cam e person am

M . Sana homa shinza n mono demo kage hina ta na kn

you new com e person even Sha de sunshine without

y akn ha ta ra kn toitte , daibu hiob a n yokn minadistinc tion we l l work saying a good dea l repu ta tion we l l a ll

no nke ga y ai yo. Toshigora wa nijin ichi ui tomiy ara

reception is good age twen ty oneor two seem

ga , itito-g a ra tou , a tokob nri to ii, zori-tori niwa

persona l a ppea ran ce say m an ly b earing say sanda ls take a s

oshi monoda . S . Tanosawa niwa kanaida -jin goregrettab le thing is your Lordship for som e days pa st

fnkai de gozaimashita . 5 5 de a a nji-moshiindisposition having b een appearance by feel anxious

Page 208: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

EXTRACTS. 2 0 1

agema shita ga ;'

sashi-ta rn koto m a g azaim a sen a ka .

did (hum b le) (pause) im portan t thing is not

M . O , yokn tadznnete knreta ; b etsa m sa shitarn.

ka ta m a

oh wel l having a sked gave specia l ly im portan t thin g even

nai g a . Shite—tem ay e ma im a m ade idznka ta y e hoko woit is not (pause). And you now un til Where service

shita kotoga a tta ka 9 S . H eil Ta daima inade hobo hokomodid thing was Yes just now un til a ll quarters service

ita shima shita m a dzn iehi-b a n sa kiniYotsuy a noka nam anay ahave done tob egin with first -of-a ll ironmonger’

y e m airim a shita g a , iehinen hodo a rim a shite, ka ke-da shinza

wen t b ut one year amoun t having rem ained ran away’

shita ; sare ka ra Shim bashino kajiy a ye m airi, mi tsiiki

tha t a fter b la cksmith going three mon ths

hoda sngite ka ke-da shi, m a ta N a kadorinoYezoshiy a yeamoun t having passed ran away a gain pic ture dea ler

m airim a shita g a , toka de k a ke-da shim ashita . M . Sana honowen t b ut ten days with ran away yoh

yoni so a kite wa hokowa dekinaiy a . S . Wa ta kiishig a

m an ner sogetting tired service ca nnot do I

a kip/Joi node m a gazaima senn ga , wa ta kiishi wa

readily disgusted am not (paus’

e) I

dozo shite b nke hokoga ita shitai to om ai,som e howor another military house service wish todo thin king,sonowa ke wooji ni ta namim a shitem a , a] : wa b nke hokowatha t rea son unc le having a pp lied even un c le

m endoda ka ra , choka y e ike tomoshim a shite,troub le is b ecause m erchan t ’s house togo(im p. ) havin g said

a ehi koehi hokoniya rim a sn ka ra , wa ta kzishim a tsnra

thither hither service sends b ecause I too fa ce

a te ni ka ke-da shite ya rima shita . M . Sana hom ahit by way of h aving run away gave you

kinkn tsn na b uke hokowo shitai toin monom a ikaga na

irksom e Wish todo said thing how

wa ke ja ? S .

i

Hei; wa ta knshiwa b nke hokowoitashi,reason I milita ry house doing

a kenjn tsii wa oboy etai node, hei. M . H a ! kenjn tsn -snki

fen cing wish tolearn b y ah fen cing liketono.

Bota n dorob y Yeneho.

Page 209: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 0 2 EXTRACTS .

TRAN SLAT ION .

Master. Look here ! Is your nam e Kodzuke ?Servan t . Yes, Sir, My nam e is Kodzuke , I have just en tered your

Lordship ’s service ; I hope your Lordship is in good hea l th .

I hear tha t though you a re a new com er you have m ade a favoura b le im pression on everybody , a nd tha t you have got a goodchara c ter for working hard nigh t and day . You seem about twen tyone or twen ty twoyears Of age , a nd with your looks and hea ring,

it is a pity you are nothing b e tter than a sanda l b earer.

I understa nd tha t your Lordship ha s b een unwe l l for som e dayspa st , and I was anxious about you ; I hope it is nothing serious .

Than k you,it is nothing of im porta nce . And where have you

b een a t service up tonow ?

U p tothe presen t , I have b een a t service in various p la ces . Firstof a ll I wen t toan ironmonger’s in Yotsuya , and after b eing therethree years I ra n away : then I wen t toa b la cksmith ’s in Shimbashi. I ra n away from him a fter three mon ths. I nex t tookservice with a pic ture -dea ler in Na kadoriS t , b ut I left him in ten days .

But you ca n’ t doyour duty as a servan t if you get disgusted in

tha t way .

Oh ! I t is not tha t I am easily disgusted ; it is b ecause I wan tedtota ke service in the house of som e m ilitary nob le . I b eggedm y un c le toget m e a situa tion of this kind, b ut he told m e tha tservice with a military nob le wa s very troub lesom e , a nd tha t I m us t

gotoa m erchan t ’s . Sohe sen t m e toservice here a nd there , a ndI ra n away just toSpite him .

But wha t m a de you wan t tota ke em p loym en t with a m ilitarynob le ? I t is a n irksom e kind of service .

We l l , Sir, I t wa s in order tha t I m igh t lea rn fencing .

Ah ! You say you a re fond of fen cing ?

V I I .

A you th n am ed Ta siike goes tothe Toda ya shikitoa sk

for his fa ther. H e a ddres se s the oflicer in cha rge of the

ga te .

Tasi'

ike . Hail G amen na sai. Officer. Da koy e m airnnda ? Manapa rdon do where are going b eg

m araina ra aehira y e ike. T . Hai. Shoshomonoga nketam awa

gar ifare thither go litt le thing wish to

Page 211: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

40 2 EXTRACTS.

p rovince is U tsunom iya in Kodzuke , is it not ? . 0 . I t was U tsunom iya form erly , b ut there was a n exchange ofdom ain With LordMa tsudaira Tonomonokam i, a nd now it is Shim a b a ra in Hizen .

T . Is Shim a b a ra in Hizen far off ? 0 . Tha t it is . I t is threehundred a n d one ria nd a h a l f toShim a b ara . (Ta sr

'ike fa l ls down

in a fain t.) 0 . Here ! here ! Be off with you. Be OHwith you.

VI I I .

Dream s .‘

A. Yuma de m a tsn -ja ga zammeishite iru yosndream in youngest daughter a live doing rem a in a ppe arance

wa mite , kokoroga m ay aim a shite n a , ika na rn dori tomah aving seen hea rt being b ewildered how b e ra tiona le

ik ai shika nem a szi g a ; zen tai Shina de mosit yo ui

understa nd do ca nnot (pa use) genera l ly Chin a in say m ann er by

seim n na zoto in kotog a gazaima shoka na 9 Ninna sa n

true dream (p lur.) Ca l led thin g Wil l be (surnam e)wa tetsng a kuka da ta nketam awa tta ka ra , fn ta go

studen tofphilOSOphy is learn t b ecause sudden lyshitsnm an wa ita szi wa ke desi

't ga

in terroga tion do rea son it is (pause)B . N a ruhoda , sa rzy a ha na hada kitaina 0 y ume uim a soiindeed tha t very stra nge dre am m is ta ke

nai g a—shika shi karai sono rei wa a ma ta a m

is not (pause) b ut from old tim e oftha t preceden t p len ty is

koto de , na ni m a kikai na kotoja a rim a sen ii yo. Sei

thing b ein g a ny thing mira culous thing is not truem n

_

nog a toki wa m a ta y arimotoa rnbeka ra za rn dori de,dream the likeof of course a jot ough t not tob e princip le beingsam a -sam a y ume to in monowa ika na ra monoka to in

this b ein g sodream ca l led thing how b eing thing sayingni kada shi waga kokoronoha ta ra ki ui haka n a ra

in pre t ty nea rly one’sown mind Opera tion tha n other does not

zn deso. Yarn ui n a rn toningen noshin taiwa hirnm a nob ecom e is nigh t b ecom es hum an body day tim e

tsa b a re de na-iite shim ai,m a rn de ka n

fa tigue on a ccoun tofhaving fa l len a sleep finish whol ly sensa

ka kn g a na kn n a rim as u go, noma m a tta kn shin tai ta ehiga tte

tion not b e comes b ut b rain whol ly body from difl'

ering

y arn toiy edam a kinsokn sezn shite him no tori uiha ta ra ki

nigh t a l though rest not dodoing day of m anner in worksm asn ka ra , noga aday a ka de nai taki na nzo

b e cause b rain quie t (Sign of pred.) is not tim e (p lura l part.)

Page 212: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

EXTRACTS . 2 0 5

wa koto ui iraira na kotowomirnn ’

de a rim a sii. Ka tsu y apa rticularly a ll kinds of thin g seeing(pred.) is fa rther

ka nka kn g a y a snn’de iru node gwaib n k a ra no shig eki

sen sa tion resting rem aining b y outside from im pression

g a sakoshim a n ai ka ra , shitaga tte moknzen noa little even is not b ecause , a ccordin gly eye

-b eforekoto wa ka ngay ern hitsnyo mo n a kn , shizen

thing reflec t upon necessity is not na tura l lyamai-y ara nn m nka shinoka ta na da y ume de m a mirn kotoganot thin k of an cien t thing (p lur.) dream in see thinga rim a sfi no

‘sa . Kare ta n a shi. Sojite ningen to in

is this other is not on the whole m an kind ca l ledmonowa yoskono ta ki ka ra no keiken wa b a minna noznithin g in fa n cy tim e from experien ce a ll b rain

no nehi ni asamete_

tsnne ni ta knway ete wa arim a sn

within having laid up ordina rily stored rem ain s

nod a ga , hirn wa mi-kiki suru kotog a okute sore y a hare

is b ut day see hea r do thing b eing m any tha t this

y a ni tari-m agirete moknzen no ka ta ni muyo-na shisowa

by b eing con fused eye-b efore thing for need less though t

shizan akn nohoy e hiki-komi-g a chini na tte y in ui

n a tura l ly b a ck part side retire ha ving be com e readilyam a zda sfi mono de a rim a senii. Ta toy e wa m a tte kare wa

thin k of thing (pred.) is not il lustra tion ta king thismoseb a yorzn k ag e knroshite keika no sa n -ta rn wa miru ga

ifone say wil low Shade da rk firefly shin e see

g a takn , y a shakn chin -chin ta shite haj imete ntnshinokay e 20 0

like nigh t -colour quie t first insec t cry

kikn to ifpa n , hota rn m a hirnma a ra nii monode m a

hear sam e thing firefly day tim e not rem ain thing evenna kn , m nshiza a hirn n a ka n n monode m a nai ga , hirn m a

is not insec t day not cry thing even is not b ut day

sozoshi y uy e hoka no shig eki ui sa say era rete g a-jin g a

noisy b ecause other im pression s b ein g im peded I+m a n=we

kig a tsnka nii dori de a rim a sii. Desi k a ra yume to in

min d not stick prin cip le it is it is b ecause dream ca l ledmonowa tonika kn ka tszite amotte a tta kotowa mirnthin g in - a ny

-case previously having though t put thing see

m an’

de kesshite amawa naikotowa mirn m an’de a rima seniiy a .

thin g b eing certain ly not thin k thin g see thin g is not

The a bove passage is in a m uch less familiar sty le tha n the

others . I t con tains n um erous expression s a nd form s which are

on ly used b y educa ted m en or in books.

From the ShaseiKa tagi.

Page 213: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 06 EXTRACTS.

TRAN SLAT ION .

A. Having seen in a dream m y youngest daugh ter a s if a live , m ymind is quite perp lexed , a nd I ca nnot understand on wha t princip lethis cou ld ta ke p la ce . Is it possib le tha t there m ay b e a fter a ll suchthings a s true dream s , a s they say in China ? I hea r tha t you , Mr.

Ninn a , a re a studen t of philosophy , and it amoun ts tosub jec ting

you without warning toa n examina tion—(b ut I should like toknow

youropinion).

B . Indeed . Tha t is unquestion a b ly a very stra nge dream . But

there are num erous preceden ts of such dream s from old tim es, a nd

there is nothing m ira cu lous a bout it . In prin cip le there can of

course b e nosuch thing a s‘true dream s.

’ This b eing so, let m e

exp lain the n a tureofwha t we ca l l dream s. I t m ay b e ta ken tha tthey a re neither more nor less than the Opera tion of one ’

s own

mind . At night , the hum an body , owing tothe fa tigue of theday , fa l ls a sleep , a nd a ll sensa tion cea ses. But the mind , un likethe body , does not rest even a t nigh t . I t con tinues its a c tivity a s

in the day tim e . The b rain therefore , when it is unquie t , is specia l lysensitive toa llm annerof things, a nd a s sensa tion is suspended , therea re noim pressions from without . There is therefore nonecessityfor it toa t tend to tha t which is imm edia te ly b efore it , a nd soin

dream s we n a tura l ly be com e conscious of pa st things which we hadnot b een thin king of. The sole rea son for this is tha t m a n kind

geneia lly a re from their in fan cy con tinua l ly receiving a nd storin gup a ll their experien ces in their b rain s. In the day tim e , owing to

the m ul titude of im pressions, our m inds b ecom e con fused b y onething a nd another, and though ts need less for imm edia te m a t ters arehudd led b a ck in tothe in teriorof the mind from when ce they are not

readily b rough t out a gain b y reflec tion . As a n il lustra tion of this ,I m ay quote the saying ‘I t is in the da rk shade of the wil low tha twe can b est see the lustre of the firefly ; it is not un til nigh t , whena llis stil l , tha t we can hear the cries of the insec ts .

’ I t is not tha tthere a re nofireflies in the day tim e , or tha t the insec ts donot uttertheir note b y day , b ut our m inds donot a t ten d tothem owing totheir b eing em b arrassed by other im pressions ca used by the noises

ofdaytim e .

Hen ce wha t we ca l l dream s a re visions of things which we m usthave previously though t of, a nd we certain ly ca n not dream ofthings tha t have never en tered our minds be fore.

Page 215: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 08

CouldD a

l) a chi

D ag a

D a nnaD a na

Da re

Da re de m aDare kaDa re m aDaysD e (nega tive )D e (partic le)Dec len sion ofNounsD emo

Demonstra tivesDependen t C lauses .

Deriva tive Adj.NounsVerb s

Desidera tive Adj.Desi?Do(pronom ina lDo(concessive)I) a ehi

DohaDa kk aDa koDokodemo

DomoDon

Dan a taDonnaB a una ni

Dona

DoreDa re maDore de maDozo

INDEX.

Hypothe tica l FormHypothe tica l Pa stII dznre

Dry Goods MeasureDzuts n

E

Ea ch otherEnglish Words in toJ apanese 1

Errors in spea king do 1

Extra c ts I

Fra c tion sFutureG

0

0

G a taGenaGenderGa (hon . prefix .)Ga (hon . suffix .)Go-jin ~on

G az a ru, Gaza rim a si

‘i

H adz n

He

IIers

His

Hito 3

Honorific a nd Hum b leWords 1 6

Honorific Noun s 1 6

Honorific Prefixes 1 67 , 1 7

Honorific Suflixes 1 7

Hours 1 8

3

6

5

1

2

1 6

I ka 3

I kken I

I kn 3

Im pera tive Mood 7

Indefinite Form of Adj. 9.

Indefinite Form of .Verb 5

Page 216: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

INDEX .

PAGEI ndefinite Pronouns 2 9

I ndica tive Presen t . 7 1

I ndirec t N a rra tion . 1 84

I n terj ec tions 1 60

I n terroga tives 1 8

I rregu la r Verb s 46

[ me 5 5 , 1 1 0

I t 1 4

33

1 1 2

30

30

. 1 8, 1 9 , 2 5 ,

t 2 0

K a kn 2 0

Ka ra 1 2 8 , 1 83

Ka ra position of 1 83

K a no 1 8 , 2 5

Ka re 1 4 , 1 8 , 2 5

[( a yo 1 9

Kereb a 1 0 0

Kereda 1 1 2

1 0 1

Keredowith ‘Verb 61 , 67 , 7 7

1 1 2

1 3

1 3

2 0

1 8, 1 9

1 9

I 9

1 9

-1 3, 1 8, 1 9 , 2 3

1 9

1 9

1 9

I 9

-1 0 , 1 1 3

o. 1 2 9

o0

0

0

2 0 9

PAGEI 74

K nrn 46

Land Mea sure 1 89

Len gth ,m easure of 1 89

Le tterChangesin Conjuga tion . 46

1 30

M ai 74

M a sn 1 7 5

M a sn , Conjuga tion of 46 , 49

M ay 1 63

1 81

M e-

(gender) 7 , 1 83

Aden 7 , 1 83

Migh t 1 63

Mina 33

Mine 1 6

MO 2 9 1 7 7 , I3 I

Money 1 88

Mano 1 1 5

Mon ths 1 87

Mosu 1 7 0

Must 65 , 1 63

N fina l 1

N a 1 8 , 2 7

N a (neg. im p.) 74

N a (with adj) . 1 0 5

N a (for nasa r‘e) 7 5

1 32

62 , 69 , 98

2 7

63

1 8, 2 7

30

1 8, 2 7

2 9

2 9

5 8

1 1 0

Page 217: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 1 C) INDEX .

PAGE

Nega tive Adjec tive 65 , 69 ,

Ba se

Con cessiveCondition a lEm pha tic Ten ses . 5 1

Future 74

Hypothe tica l 66

Im pera tive 74

Particip lePa stPresen t

Nenga

Ni

NigoriNo

Nonii

NounNum ber 7 , 4 2

Num era ls 34

a hi 1 3

O 7 , 1 0 , 1 7 1 , 1 83

0 (Term . of Future) 7 0

O liayo 1 9 1

Oira 1 1

Omoye 1 3, 1 5 , 1 6

On 7

One 3 2

One’s own 30

Onare 30

Onom a topoeic Adverb s 1 5 9

Gunshi 1 3

Or 1 63

Ordina l Num b ersOre

OrderofWordsOrdina l Num b ers

0

O

0

Orn

Other Peop leOugh tPa rts of SpeechPartic les, OrderofPa ssive Verb sPa st Particip lePa st TensePerfec t FuturePersona l PronounP leaseP lura lPossessive PronounPoten tia l Verb sPredica tePreposition sPresen t Indica tiveProb ab le Pa stPronoun

lim ited use ofPronun cia tionR a

R a shi

Reflexive Pronoun sRe la tionsRe la tive Pronoun sRiohoRa

Sa (Ab stract Term s)Sa (tha t)Sa (Partic le)Sa hada

Sa n or Sam aSa sern

Se l fSen seiSern

SesshuShe

Page 219: Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language - … · grammar of the japanese spoken language w. g. a s t o n, d l il japanese secretary, h b. m. ’ s l egation, t okio, japan. fo ur

2 1 2 INDEX.

When0 . " oo

0 . . 0 0 0 Q .

a0 . 0 0 0 . O .

ERRATUAI .

Bot tom of p . 5 7 a fter ta beta reb a , add ka shita ra ba , ta bit’

a ra b a'.

Printed at the “H aknbnnsha Tokio.